Modicon M580 Automation Platform 170522 Catalog

1000479433-Catalog 1000479433-Catalog 1000479433-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

144219-Catalog 144219-Catalog 144219-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

97205-Catalog 97205-Catalog 97205-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

97206-Catalog 97206-Catalog 97206-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

: Pdf 170522-Catalog 170522-Catalog B4 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 152 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Modicon M580

automation platform

Catalog

January 2014

Digi-Cat, a handy USB key for PC

Contact your local representative to get your own Digi-Cat

How can you fit a 6000-page catalog in your pocket ?

Schneider Electric provides you with the complete set of industrial automation catalogs all on a handy

USB key for PC or in an application for tablets

e-Library, the app for tablets

>Convenient to carry

>Always up-to-date

>Environmentally friendly

>Easy-to-share format

>Go to the App Store and search for e-Library

>or scan the QR code

If you have an iPad®:

>Go to the Google Play StoreTM and search for eLibrary

>or scan the QR code

If you have an Android tablet:

1

General contents

Presentation . ..............................

I/O architectures . ..........................

Communication . ..........................

Software . ..................................

Ruggedized Modicon M580 modules . .....

Standards and certifications . .............

Services . ..................................

Technical information, index . ..............

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/1

Contents

Presentation

b General presentation.............................................................................page 1/2

b Composition ......................................................................................... page 1/8

b Compatibility........................................................................................page 1/14

Processor modules

Selection guide ............................................page 1/18

b Presentation.........................................................................................page 1/20

b Description...........................................................................................page 1/21

b Memory structure ................................................................................page 1/22

v Memory cards........................................................................................ page 1/22

v Protecting the application ...................................................................... page 1/22

v Modifying the program in online mode ................................................... page 1/22

b References ...........................................................................................page 1/23

Single-rack conguration

b Presentation, description, functions ................................................. page 1/24

b References ...........................................................................................page 1/25

Multi-rack conguration

b Presentation, description ................................................................... page 1/26

b References ...........................................................................................page 1/28

1 - Presentation, processor

modules, single-rack and multi-

rack congurations

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/2

The Modicon M580 ePAC (Programmable Automation Controllers) feature

openness, exibility, robustness and sustainability. The M580 are designed with an

Ethernet backbone to optimize connectivity and communications. They support X80

common I/O modules which can be easily integrated into its architecture. The

powerful processors offer high levels of computation for complex networked

communication, display and control applications.

Innovative

ePAC concept

>Top-to-bottom standard Ethernet network

>Open architecture with direct Ethernet connection on backplane

SCADA

Modicon X80 drop on Ethernet RIO

Variable

speed

drive

Modicon M580

Cybersecurity ready

> Cybersecurity ready with Achilles Level 2 certication and advanced built-in cyber

security features

>Embedded security features as dened by standard IEC 62443

>M580 hardware platform:

>Unused services can be disabled

>Remote access to PLC can be controlled

>M580 programming software with integrity check of Unity Pro executable les

Modicon M580 ePAC

Control at the heart of PlantStruXure

Modicon M580 combines Unity

PAC’s existing features with

innovative technologies to

deliver Schneider Electric’s

complete Ethernet based PAC

3.0

General presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

Innovative

Open and secure solution based on standards

Ethernet

X-bus

Direct Ethernet connection

backplane

ODVA organization:

supports network

technologies built on

EtherNet/IP

FDT Technology: an

international standard

with broad acceptance

in the automation

industry

Modicon M580

Modicon X80

drop on Ethernet RIO

O

p

e

r

a

t

i

o

n

a

l

I

n

t

e

l

l

i

g

e

n

c

e

S

e

c

u

r

i

t

y

Ethernet

Ethernet

11

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

No program required with

time-stamping solution mode

1/3

Innovative (continued)

Advanced technologies

>Based on high-speed dual-core processor (ARM® type)

>High-speed communication, application and execution

>Innovative mechanical and electronic design for high EMC immunity and

ruggedness that is superior to the required IEC standards

>Supports extended temperature range from −25°C to +70°C

High precision

>Native deterministic Ethernet network

>Ability to deliver 1 ms I/O resolution through native time-stamping at source with

specic time-stamping modules via OPC server

>Applications include functions such as:

>sequence of events recording (SER)

>utility substation automation

>protective relay trip history

>alarm/event logs

>time-stamping of power monitoring data logs

SCADA OPC

Server

IRIG-B/DCF77

External

synchronization

Modicon M580

Modicon X80 drop on Ethernet RIO

Ethernet

General presentation

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Innovative

Modify your process and architecture during runtime

Ethernet

& Web

Modicon M580 design is

compliant with automation

standards

O

p

e

r

a

t

i

o

n

a

l

I

n

t

e

l

l

i

g

e

n

c

e

T

i

m

e

-

t

o

-

m

a

r

k

e

t

T

i

m

e

-

t

o

-

m

a

r

k

e

t

Routing

function via

external router

11

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/4

Simple and exible

Flexibility in design

>Flexible topology allows simple integration of devices

> Ability to mix remote equipment, distributed equipment and other devices on the

same Ethernet eld network with complete software integration

>Transparent access to data through Ethernet backbone

>Simple HMI integration via third port on remote I/O head

> Interface to other popular eldbus and device networks including AS-Interface,

Modbus, Probus, and HART

HMI

Distributed devices

HART

Modbus

Probus

Modicon M580

Ethernet.

Variable

speed

drive Motor

protection

Motor

starter

Modicon X80

drop on Ethernet RIO

Optimized architecture

>Simple daisy chain loop

Modicon M580

Modicon X80 drop on Ethernet RIO

Ethernet.

Extend your process or

application easily with exible

Modicon M580 topology

No switches required for

simple main loop

Design your architecture without constraints

General presentation

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Simple and exible

T

i

m

e

-

t

o

-

m

a

r

k

e

t

T

i

m

e

-

t

o

-

m

a

r

k

e

t

Variable

speed

drive

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1/5

Simple and exible (continued)

Easy diagnostics

>Ethernet delivers information everywhere

>Simple remote and mobile diagnostics (smartphone, tablet, etc.)

>Embedded web server for web access

>Manage SCADA screens on HMI and access HMI screens

>Built-in Vijeo Citect objects for advanced integrated diagnostics

(1) This schematic diagram will operate with the new BMENOC03●1 modules (available second

quarter 2014 to replace the existing BMXNOC0402) with complete Ethernet transparency via

connection to the Ethernet backplane.

Diagnose remotely

General presentation

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Simple and exible

Data at your ngertips wherever

you are SCADA

HMI HMI

HMI

HMI

Modicon M580

Ethernet

(1)

Modicon X80 drop on Ethernet RIO

M

a

i

n

t

e

n

a

n

c

e

E

x

c

e

l

l

e

n

c

e

Variable speed drive

Smartphone,

tablet

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1/6

1.0

General presentation

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Simple and exible, sustainable

Protect existing and future investments

R

e

n

e

w

P

l

a

n

O

p

t

i

m

i

z

e

O

p

e

r

a

t

e

I

n

s

t

a

l

l

How do I

renew my

solution?

What are

my options?

How do I

install and

commission?

How do I

optimize?

How do I

operate and

maintain?

Life Cycle

Services

Simple and exible (continued)

Change conguration on the y without stopping

the process

bAdd or remove discrete and analog I/O modules on RIO drop

(not time-stamped)

bAdd a new RIO drop

bModify channel conguration parameters

bAutomatic reconguration of modules on hotswap

bOnline application changes during process runtime including adding

new variables shared with HMI (Human/Machine Interfaces)

Sustainable

Protect investments

bStandardize on the Modicon family with common X80 modules and

reduce training and maintenance costs

Modicon Quantum Ethernet I/O

Modicon M340

Modicon M580 Modicon X80 I/O

bKeep your existing Modicon Premium I/O and wiring

bSmooth migration paths for both hardware (quick wiring adapter)

and software (SW converters)

Modicon M580 Modicon X80 expansion rack

Premium racks

X-bus

Installed base migration: keep

your existing I/O and wiring

Modicon family with common

X80 modules

I

n

v

e

s

t

m

e

n

t

P

r

o

t

e

c

t

i

o

n

11

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/7

Winning associations in PlantStruXure architecture

Modicon M580 Ethernet PACs have strong associations with:

Partners

>Able to develop X80 modules on Ethernet backplane with Ethernet tool kit

backplane

>For specic applications or communication modules: weighing, Wi-Fi, etc.

Vijeo Citect SCADA

>To manage time-stamped events through OPC server in a system approach

>To display Unity Pro diagnostic buffers

>To integrate objects quickly and easily to provide advanced diagnostic

information

Altivar variable speed drives

>Simple integration of Altivar variable speed drive range on Ethernet network

through FDT/DTM

>Dual-port connection is possible for high availability

HMI MagelisTM range

>Connection through X80 Wi-Fi, Web server access, multiple screens on

Ethernet backbone, diagnostic buffers supported by Vijeo Designer, export of

Unity Pro data to Vijeo Designer

Services on installed base

> Schneider Electric provides smooth migration paths to migrate existing wired

legacy I/O to M580. Contact our Customer Care Center for more details.

General presentation

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Winning associations in PlantStruXure

architecture

Integration of M580 ePAC in your full PlantStruXure architecture

O

p

e

r

a

t

i

o

n

a

l

I

n

t

e

l

l

i

g

e

n

c

e

11

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/8

Presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

Presentation

The Modicon M580 automation platform is composed of the following devices:

bA BMEP58pppp processor

bA Modicon X80 I/O platform

bDedicated modules (HART, weighing, etc.)

bEthernet backplane

bUnity

The Modicon M580 automation platform meets the needs of specialist applications

such as:

bManufacturing and large infrastructures

bWater and Waste Water (WWW)

bFood & Beverage (F&B)

bMining, Minerals, Metals (MMM)

bOil & Gas (O&G)

Processor modules

The BMEP58pppp processor range constitutes the core of a complete control

solution based on Modicon M580 specic and compatible modules and racks.

The standalone BMEP58pppp processor is a modular automation processor that

physically occupies two module slots on a backplane.

BMEP58pppp processors can be installed on BMEXBPpppp Ethernet + X-bus

racks and BMXXBPpppp (PV02 or later) X-bus racks.

The processors can manage the Modicon X80 I/O platform in a single-rack or

multi-rack Ethernet PAC station. Their slots can be equipped with:

bDiscrete I/O modules

bAnalog I/O modules

bCounter modules

bCommunication modules:

vEthernet Modbus/TCP network, EtherNet/IP network

vAS-Interface actuator/sensor buses and RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) serial link

vModbus serial link

bExpert modules

The seven processors in this range have different memory capacities, processing

speeds, number of I/O, number of supported local racks, and embedded Ethernet

port functions (see page 1/23).

Modicon X80 I/O platform

The Modicon X80 I/O platform serves as the common base for automation platforms

by simply adding a dedicated processor such as the M580 or M340.

It may also:

bForm part of a Quantum Ethernet I/O architecture as an Ethernet RIO (EIO) drop

with a CRA bus terminal module

bForm an Ethernet Modbus/TCP DIO drop with a PRA module

The Modicon X80 I/O platform is available in single-rack or multi-rack conguration.

This platform may also accept automation platform-dedicated modules

(communication, application, etc.).

One Modicon X80 drop may support two racks separated by a distance of up to

30 meters/98.425 feet.

This platform, common to several automation platforms, can reduce maintenance

and training costs as it comprises:

bA single range of spare parts in stock

bTraining common to several PLCs

Based on the latest I/O technology, the Modicon X80 I/O platform offers:

bHigh-quality ruggedness and compactness

bCompliance with international certications (ATEX, IEC, etc.)

bA wide selection of modules: Discrete or analog I/O, expert modules,

communication modules, etc

Note: For further information, please consult the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalog available

on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

BMEP582020 processor

Modicon X80 I/O platform

Modicon M580 automation platform

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/9

Presentation (continued) Modicon M580 automation

platform

Unity Pro

Dedicated modules

HART integrated analog I/O modules

The Highway Addressable Remote Transducer (HART) protocol is the global

standard for sending and receiving digital information across analog wires between

smart devices and a control or monitoring system. The standard is controlled by the

HART Communications Foundation.

HART integrated analog I/O modules can be added on the backplane of the

Modicon M580 processor.

These HART modules offer 8 channels per input module and 4 channels per output

module. HART integrated analog I/O modules allow the integration of HART-

enabled instruments to the network architecture.

Each M580 main rack can support up to 6 HART I/O modules and each X80 RIO

drop can support up to 7 HART I/O modules. These devices are congured via the

Unity Pro DTM.

HART analog I/O modules are only supported by Ethernet + X-bus backplanes

(main rack or RIO drop).

Note: For further information, please consult the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalog available

on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

Scaime partner weighing module

The Scaime integrated partner weighing module is a solution for integrated and

distributed weighing systems.

The weighing module is only supported by Ethernet + X-bus backplanes (main rack

or RIO drop).

This Scaime Ethernet system weighing transmitter offers 1 weighing channel and

can take up to 100 measurements per second in order to provide a better weighing

resolution.

Weighing data is easily provided to the PLC via the Ethernet backbone.

The ofine conguration can be done via Unity and the online calibrations and

settings can be done via FDT/DTM.

Note: For further information, please consult the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalog available

on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

Two rack types

M580 processors can work in either an X-bus rack or a dual (Ethernet + X-bus) rack.

Ethernet backplanes are available with 4, 8, and 12 slots.

The M580 Ethernet backplanes provide the X-bus connection and Ethernet

connectivity.

A single conguration can support up to 7 standard BMX racks used as expansion

racks in addition to the local rack, separated by a cumulative distance of up to

30 meters/98.425 feet.

An Ethernet RIO (EIO) drop is composed of one or two racks that can be either a

BMX X-bus rack or a BME Ethernet rack. The expansion rack can only be a BMX

X-bus rack. All the Ethernet racks are available in a version suitable for use in harsh

environments.

An Ethernet switch is embedded in the Ethernet backplane. This switch is connected

to several slots on the backplane. In the case of 12-slot backplanes, not all slots

have Ethernet connectivity. Only 8 slots are available for Ethernet, but they are

placed in several locations along the rack for maximum exibility of use

(see page 1/25).

M580 application design and installation

The Modicon M580 automation platform is programmed and congured using Unity

Pro software version u 8.0. Bit forcing simplies simulation and structured data

simplies diagnostics (see page 4/18).

bUse of these M580 processors requires Unity Pro Large or Extra Large

programming software. This software is also compatible with the Modicon X80 I/O,

Quantum, Premium, and M340 platforms

bOptionally, as required:

vUnity EFB toolkit software for developing EF and EFB function block libraries in

C language

vUnity Dif software for comparing Unity Pro applications

vUnity Loader software for updating Unity Pro projects and rmware

HART integrated analog

input module

8-slot Ethernet + X-bus rack

Scaime partner weighing

module

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/10

Presentation (continued) Modicon M580 automation

platform

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

Cybersecurity ready

The Modicon M580 is Schneider Electric’s most cyber-secure platform thanks to the

Achilles Level 2 certication and its advanced built-in cybersecurity features.

The Achilles L2 cybersecurity certication demonstrates the robustness of the

Modicon M580 platform under both extreme and common Ethernet conditions. The

Modicon M580 automation platform also offers the following features:

bProtection against unauthorized remote connections via an online editable

Access Control List

bProtection against remote programming changes via a password

bOption to enable or disable HTTP or FTP services

bOption to enable or disable remote run/stop commands

bOption to enable or disable remote write commands

bAuthentication and integrety of the rmware

bIntegrity of Unity Pro executable les

bUnnecessary services disabled by default

bSecurity features enabled by default

Note: For further information, please consult our website www.schneider-electric.com.

Processor performance

The M580 processor supports 4 to 8 local racks (depending on the CPU

performance level), using existing X80 I/O modules and accessories. The M580

processor must be installed in the main rack, which can be a dual (Ethernet + X-bus)

bus rack. M580 PLCs can support up to 8 expansion racks of 4, 6, 8, or 12 slots.

These standalone processors physically occupy two module slots on a backplane.

The processors can manage Modicon X80 I/O platform in a single-rack or multi-rack

Ethernet PAC station. Their slots can be equipped with:

bDiscrete I/O modules

bAnalog I/O modules

bCounter modules

bCommunication modules: Ethernet Modbus/TCP network, EtherNet/IP network,

Modbus SL

bAS-Interface actuator/sensor buses and RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) serial link

bExpert modules

The seven processors available have different memory capacities, processing

speeds, number of I/O, number of supported local racks, and embedded Ethernet

port functions (see page 1/23).

The M580 processor range offers the choice between 4 memory levels:

b4 MB for BMEP581020 processors

b8 MB for BMEP5820pp processors

b12 MB for BMEP5830pp processors

b16 MB for BMEP5840pp processors

It also offers the choice between 2 types of Ethernet device network port:

bFor BMEP58pp20 processors: distributed I/O ports (DIO) to connect distributed

equipment

bFor BMEP58pp40 processors: distributed I/O ports (DIO) to connect distributed

equipment or remote I/O ports (RIO) to connect remote equipment

This range also offers different performance levels: BMEP5840pp processors are

twice as fast as BMEP5830pp processors, which are themselves twice as fast as

BMEP5810pp and BMEP5820pp processors.

An optional 4 GB SD memory card is supplied with M580 processors for application

and data storage.

In addition, depending on the model, the processors offer:

b1,024 to 4,096 discrete I/O

b256 to 1,024 analog I/O

b64 application-specic channels such as process counters, motion control, serial

link, RTU, etc

Applications can be downloaded to the M580 processor when:

bUnity is connected via a local communication module such as the

BMXNOC0402 Ethernet module (1)

bUnity is connected directly to the processor through USB or Ethernet, or to the

Ethernet ports of BMECRA31210 Ethernet drop adapters and ConneXium DRS

(Dual Ring Switch) switches

BMEP582040 processor

Achiles Level 2 certication

PF122547

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/11

Presentation (continued) Modicon M580 automation

platform

Various architectures

The Modicon M580 ePAC offers different embedded networks to meet various architecture needs:

bStandard Ethernet DIO ports on BMEP58pp20 processors for architectures A,B and C

bDual Ethernet RIO ports on BMEP58pp40 processors for architecture D

Architecture A: Composed of hard-wired I/O; mainly compact

topology

Architecture B: Composed of devices distributed over

eldbuses; mainly compact topology

Architecture C: Composed of devices distributed over

Ethernet; ideal for mainly distributed topologies

Architecture D: Uses Ethernet racks. Composed of remote

devices and features remote functions, such as eldbus master

Modicon M580 main rack

Modicon X80 expansion rack

X-bus

Modicon M580 main rack

X-bus

Energy

supervision

Motor

starter

Modbus SL HART

HART

device

AS-Interface

Modicon X80 expansion rack

Ethernet

Modicon M580 main rack

Modicon STB I/O Modicon STB I/O

Energy

supervision

Variable speed drive

ConneXium

DRS switch

HMI

Modicon M580 main rack

Energy

supervision

Ethernet

Variable

speed

drive

ConneXium

DRS switch

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon X80 drop

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/12

Modicon M580 PLC

Premium racks

Modicon X80 expansion rack

X-bus

Presentation (continued) Modicon M580 automation

platform

Ethernet backplane

The M580 dual backplanes provide X-bus connection and Ethernet connectivity.

One Ethernet switch is embedded in the backplane with connectivity to some slots

on the backplane. Not all slots have Ethernet connectivity in the case of 12-slot

backplanes.

Using such connectivity, Ethernet-based modules (both Schneider Electric and

third-party) can communicate with any other module or device that is reachable via

the Ethernet and IP networks.

An additional connector is added to some slots of the backplane, next to the X-bus

connector.

The Ethernet backplane provides multiple communication buses compared with the

X-bus backplane to improve connectivity on the backplane. These buses can be

connected to Ethernet modules and used to communicate different types of data for

different purposes (see page 1/25).

The following communication buses are present in Ethernet backplanes:

bX-bus

bEthernet

Expanded backplanes

To expand the conguration using additional racks, users must use a bus expansion

module (BMXXBE1000) and X-bus cables (see page 1/26). An expanded

backplane can only be an X-bus rack.

Each backplane has to include a power supply module and will support up to 12

modules.

It is also possible to expand a drop’s backplane.

Each rack will be assigned a physical address using 4 micro switches located in the

bus expansion module:

bThe main rack containing the processor will be assigned address 0.

bThe other racks will be assigned addresses 1 to 7.

Premium X-bus expansion - making migration as simple as

possible

An M580 system allows TSXRKYpEX Premium expanded local racks to be added

to the conguration. The use of Premium racks in a M580 conguration means the

existing cabling can be retained.

This smooth migration path means that Premium devices, such as discrete and

analog I/O, and counter modules, can be retained.

Indeed, the M580 processor is able to manage the I/O and application-specic

modules on Premium local racks. For further information, see page 1/26.

It is also possible to replace a Premium local rack with an M580 rack if necessary.

Unity V8.0 offers the option to retain the I/O topology in the Premium expansion rack

when revamping a Premium application.

Premium X-bus expansion example

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/13

Presentation (continued) Modicon M580 automation

platform

Unity Pro

Design and setup of Modicon M580 applications

Unity Pro programming software u V8.0 is required to set up the Modicon M580

automation platform (see page 4/18).The Unity Pro function block software libraries

make it possible to meet the needs of specialist applications in various elds of

application, such as:

bWater and Waste Water (WWW)

bFood & Beverage (F&B)

bMining, Minerals, Metals (MMM)

bOil & Gas (O&G)

To set up Modicon M580 automation platform processors, you need Unity Pro Large

or Extra Large programming software identical to the one used to set up Modicon

M340, Modicon Premium, and Modicon Quantum automation platforms.

Unity Pro V8.0 is compatible with Windows® XP, Windows 7, Windows 8, and

Windows Server 2008.

Depending on requirements, you may also need:

bUnity EFB toolkit software for developing EF and EFB libraries in C language

Unity SFC View software for viewing and diagnostics of applications written in

Sequential Function Chart (SFC) or Grafcet language

bGraphical Unity Diff matching software for comparing two applications

congured with Unity Pro

The function block software libraries provide Modicon M580 processors with the

processing capability required to meet the needs of specialist applications in the

following area:

bProcess control via programmable control loops (EF and EFB libraries)

This software also offers the following features:

bReferences

bImplicit type conversion, IEC 1131-3 proposition

bSecurity Editor on server

bImproved log le

bA trending tool that is synchronized on each PLC scan

bDFB providing information on users logged on to the PLC

bData le (dtx) backup with application backup (sta/stu or zef)

bPassword protection for the application running on the PLC

bMacro function

Treatment for harsh environments

If the Modicon M580 automation platform needs to be used in a very harsh

environment, the ruggedized offer provides processors, power supply modules, and

I/O modules on X-bus and racks with a protective coating applied to their electronic

cards (see page 5/2).

This treatment improves the cards’ insulation qualities and their resistance to:

bCondensation

bDusty atmospheres (conducting foreign particles)

bChemical corrosion, in particular when used in sulphurous atmospheres (oil

renery, purication plant, etc.) or atmospheres containing halogens (chlorine, etc.)

This protection, combined with appropriate installation and maintenance, enables

Modicon M580 products to be used in harsh chemical environments such as types

3C2 and 3C3 as described in standard IEC/EN 60721-3-3.

The functional and electrical characteristics of the coated modules are identical to

those of the non-coated versions.

With coated modules, the Modicon M580 automation platform may be used in harsh

environments or within a range of operating temperatures from - 25 °C to +70 °C/

- 13 °F to + 158 °F.

Some Modicon M580 modules are also ATEX-certied.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/14 1/141/15

Compatibility Modicon X80 I/O platform

Product compatibility according to the network

architecture

Product type Reference Local rack Modicon

M340

EIO Quantum drop with Modicon X80

EIO drop with CRA drop adaptor type

Local rack Modicon M580 M580 EIO drop with X-bus BMXXBP

backplane and CRA drop adaptor type

M580 EIO drop with

Ethernet + X-bus

BMEXBP backplane and

CRA drop adaptor

Ethernet Modbus TCP DIO

drop with PRA connected to a

Quantum/Premium/M580/

M340 platform

Single-rack or

multi-rack

“standard”

BMXCRA31200

“performance”

BMXCRA31210

X-bus BMXXBP rack Ethernet + X-bus

BMEXBP rack

“standard”

BMXCRA31200

“performance”

BMXCRA31210

BMECRA31210 BMXPRA0100

Racks X-bus BMXXBE1000/BMXXBE1000H (1)

BMXXBE2005 (1)

BMXXBP0400/BMXXBP0400H

BMXXBP0600/BMXXBP0600H

BMXXBP0800/BMXXBP0800H

BMXXBP1200

BMXXEM010

Ethernet +

X-bus

BMEXBP0400/BMEXBP0400H

BMEXBP0800/BMEXBP0800H

BMEXBP1200/BMEXBP1200H

Power supply

modules

BMXCPS2000

BMXCPS2010

BMXCPS3020/BMXCPS3020H

BMXCPS3500/BMXCPS3500H

BMXCPS3540T

I/Os Analog BMXAMI0410/BMXAMI0410H

BMXAMI0800

BMXAMI0810/BMXAMI0810H

BMXAMM0600/BMXAMM0600H

BMXAMO0210/BMXAMO0210H

BMXAMO0410/BMXAMO0410H

BMXAMO0802

BMXART0414/BMXART0414H

BMXART0814/BMXART0814H

Discrete BMXDAI0805

BMXDAI1602/BMXDAI1602H

BMXDAI1603/BMXDAI1603H

BMXDAI1604/BMXDAI1604H

BMXDAI0814

BMXDAO1605/BMXDAO1605H

BMXDDI1602/BMXDDI1602H

BMXDDI1603/BMXDDI1603H

BMXDDI1604T

BMXDDI3202K

BMXDDI6402K

BMXDDM16022/BMXDDM16022H

BMXDDM16025/BMXDDM16025H

BMXDDM3202K

BMXDDO1602/BMXDDO1602H

BMXDDO1612/BMXDDO1612H

BMXDDO3202K

BMXDDO6402K

BMXDRA0804T

BMXDRA0805/BMXDRA0805H

BMXDRA1605/BMXDRA1605H

HART BMEAHI0812

BMEAHO0412

Compatible Not compatible

(1) Supports only one X-bus rack extension.

1/14

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

10 10

1/15 1/15

Product type Reference Local rack Modicon

M340

EIO Quantum drop with Modicon X80

EIO drop with CRA drop adaptor type

Local rack Modicon M580 M580 EIO drop with X-bus BMXXBP

backplane and CRA drop adaptor type

M580 EIO drop with

Ethernet + X-bus

BMEXBP backplane and

CRA drop adaptor

Ethernet Modbus TCP DIO

drop with PRA connected to a

Quantum/Premium/M580/

M340 platform

Single-rack or

multi-rack

“standard”

BMXCRA31200

“performance”

BMXCRA31210

X-bus BMXXBP rack Ethernet + X-bus

BMEXBP rack

“standard”

BMXCRA31200

“performance”

BMXCRA31210

BMECRA31210 BMXPRA0100

Application-specic

modules

SSI encoder BMXEAE0300/BMXEAE0300H

Counter BMXEHC0200/BMXEHC0200H

BMXEHC0800/BMXEHC0800H

Time stamping BMXERT1604T

PTO (Pulse Train Output) BMXMSP0200

Weighing PMESWT0100

Communication

modules

Ethernet BMXNOC0401

BMXNOC0402 (1)

BMXNOE0100/BMXNOE0100H

BMXNOE0110/BMXNOE0110H

Serial link BMXNOM0200/BMXNOM0200H

RTU BMXNOR0200H

AS-Interface BMXEIA0100

Optical bre BMXNRP0200

BMXNRP0201

Wi-Fi PMXNOW0300

Communication

heads

BMXCRA31200

BMXCRA31210/BMXCRA31210C

BMECRA31210/BMECRA31210C

BMXPRA0100

CPUs M340 BMXP341000/BMXP341000H

BMXP342000

BMXP342010

BMXP3420102

BMXP342020H

BMXP3420302/BMXP3420302H

M580 BMEP581020/BMEP581020H

BMEP582020/BMEP582020H

BMEP582040/BMEP582040H

BMEP583020

BMEP583040

BMEP584020

BMEP584040

Compatible Not compatible

Compatibility (continued) Modicon X80 I/O platform

Product compatibility according to the network

architecture

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03●1 modules during the 2nd quarter of 2014. See our Modicon M580 catalog on

our website www.schneider-electric.com.

1/16 1/151/17

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

10 10

1/19

Modicon M580 platform for Unity Pro software offer BMEP5810 model BMEP5820 models BMEP5830 models BMEP5840 models

Racks Maximum number of local racks 4 8

Remote I/O drop of 2 racks – – 8 – 16 –16

I/O Maximum number of discrete I/O

channels (1)

1,024 2,048 3,072 4,096

Maximum number of analog I/O

channels (1)

256 512 768 1,024

Maximum number of Ethernet DIO

devices

64 128 64 128 64 128 64

In-rack application-

specic channels

Maximum number of application-

specic channels

24 32 64

Counter (1) BMXEHC0200 2-channel (60 kHz) or BMXEHC0800 8-channel (10 kHz) modules BMXEHC0200 2-channel (60 kHz) or BMXEHC0800 8-channel (10 kHz) modules

Motion control (1) BMXMSP0200 2-channel PTO (Pulse Train Output) module for servo drives BMXMSP0200 2-channel PTO (Pulse Train Output) modules for servo drives

Serial link (process or RTU) (1) BMXNOM0200 2-channel module or BMXNOR0200H module with 1 RTU serial channel BMXNOM0200 2-channel module or BMXNOR0200H module with 1 RTU serial channel

HART(1) BMEAHI0812 8-channel HART analog input (4–20 mA) module or BMEAHO0412 4-channel

HART analog output (4–20 mA) module

BMEAHI0812 8-channel HART analog input (4–20 mA) or BMEAHO0412 4-channel HART analog output (4–20 mA) module

SSI encoder (1) BMXEAE0300 3-channel module (SSI) BMXEAE0300 3-channel module (SSI)

Time stamping (1) BMXERT1604T 16-channel discrete input (with 1 ms resolution) module BMXERT1604T 16-channel discrete output (with 1 ms resolution) module

Process control, programmable

loops

Process control EFB library Process control EFB library

Integrated

communication ports

Ethernet Service port (RJ45) 1 port for DIO devices, Unity, CNM, HMI, SCADA, diagnosis & external tools 1 port for DIO devices, Unity, CNM, HMI, SCADA, diagnosis & external tools -

Ethernet Device Network dual ports

(RJ45)

2 ports support DIO mode to connect devices using DIO

scanner

2 ports support both RIO and

DIO mode to connect Modicon

X80 drops using deterministic

RIO scanner and devices

using DIO scanner

2 ports support DIO mode to connect

devices using DIO scanner

2 ports support both RIO and DIO

mode to connect Modicon X80 drops

using deterministic RIO scanner and

devices using DIO scanner

2 ports support DIO mode to connect

devices using DIO scanner

2 ports support both RIO and DIO

mode to connect Modicon X80 drops

using deterministic RIO scanner and

devices using DIO scanner

USB port 1 programming port (PC terminal) 1 programming port (PC terminal)

Communication

modules

(1)

Ethernet network Maximum number 23 4

Type of module BMXNOC0402 (2) network modules with 1 EtherNet/IP channel or Modbus TCP

communication protocol

BMXNOC0402 (2) network modules with 1 EtherNet/IP channel or Modbus TCP communication protocol

AS-Interface Maximum number 8 8

Type of module BMXEIA0100 master module BMXEIA0100 master module

Internal memory

capacity

Program (MB) 48 12 16

Data (KB) 384 768 1,024 2,048

Data storage (GB) 4 4

Application structure Master task 2 processing modes (cyclic, periodic) 2 processing modes (cyclic, periodic)

Fast task 1 processing mode (periodic) 1 processing mode (periodic)

Auxiliary tasks (AUX 0, AUX 1) 1 processing mode (periodic) 1 processing mode (periodic)

Event tasks I/O event 64 128

Timer event 16 32

Total I/O and Timer

event

64 128

No. of K instructions

executed per ms

100% Boolean (Kinstr/ms) 10 20 40

65% Boolean + 35% xed arithmetic

(Kinstr/ms)

7.5 15 30

Rack power supply 24 V c isolated, 24…48 V c isolated, or 100…240 V a power supply module 24 V c isolated, 24…48 V c isolated, or 100…240 V a power supply module

Modicon M580 processor BMEP581020 BMEP582020 BMEP582040 BMEP583020 BMEP583040 BMEP584020 BMEP584040

(1) The maximum values for the number of I/O, application-specic channels, and the number of networks are not cumulative (they are limited by the maximum

number of slots in the conguration, 1 rack: 11, 2 racks: 23, 3 racks: 35 and 4 racks: 47.)

(2) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

Selection guide Modicon M580 automation

platform

Modicon M580 processors

1/18

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/20

Presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

Processor modules

Modicon M580 conguration

Presentation

The Modicon M580 BMEP58 modular processors form the core of a complete

control solution based on Modicon M580 specic and compatible modules and

racks. These standalone processors physically occupy two module slots (0 and 1)

on a backplane.

The processors can manage the Modicon X80 I/O platform in a single-rack or

multi-rack Ethernet PAC station. Their slots can be equipped with:

b Discrete I/O modules

b Analog I/O modules

b Counter modules

b Communication modules: Ethernet Modbus/TCP network, EtherNet/IP network,

Modbus serial link, AS-Interface actuator/sensor buses and RTU (Remote Terminal

Unit) serial link

b Expert modules

The seven processors available in this range have different memory capacities,

processing speeds, number of I/O, number of supported local racks, and embedded

Ethernet port functions.

An optional 4 GB SD memory card is supplied with M580 processors for application

and data storage. Each processor has a USB terminal port for connecting to a

programming terminal. A temporary connection to an HMI is possible via the USB

port (1).

In addition, depending on the model, these processors offer a maximum (non-

cumulative) of:

b 1,024 to 4,096 discrete I/O

b 256 to 1,024 analog I/O

b 64 application-specic channels (2) (process counter, motion control, and serial

link, or RTU)

b 1 Ethernet service port

b 2 Ethernet device network ports

vDIO ports (distributed equipment) for all processors

vRIO ports (remote equipment) for BMEP58pp40 processors

b 4 “Full extended master” AS-Interface V3 actuator/sensor buses, prole M4.0

Applications can be downloaded to the M580 processor when:

b Unity is connected via a local BMXNOC0402 communication module (Ethernet

module) (3)

b Unity is connected directly to M580 through USB or Ethernet. For a faster

transfer, users can select FTP protocol.

(1) Please refer to HMI catalogs on www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) Maximum number of application-specic channels per station. Only the application-specic

channels actually congured in the Unity application are considered.

(3) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/21

Presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

Processor modules

Description of BMEP58pppp processors

BMEP58pppp processors include :

1A display block comprising 7 LEDs whose varying combinations provide a quick

diagnostic status of the processor:

b RUN LED (green): processor in operation (program execution)

b ERR LED (red): processor or system detected error

b I/O LED (red): detected I/O module fault

b DL LED (green): rmware download is in progress

b BACKUP LED (red): backup memory (internal or card)

b ETH MS LED (bi-color green/red): indicates the Ethernet port conguration status

b ETH NS LED (bi-color green/red): indicates the Ethernet connection status

2A mini-B USB port for connecting to a programming terminal

3An RJ45 Ethernet port that allows diagnosis of Ethernet ports and provides

access to external tools, devices, and distributed I/O devices

5A slot equipped with a optional SD memory card for application and data storage

(an LED, located behind the door, indicates access to the memory card)

6A MAC address printed on the front panel of the processor (the last two bytes of

the MAC address are used to calculate the default processor IP address)

7Two hooks and two screws for mechanical attachment and earthing connection

to backplane

8 Two connectors for electrical connection to a M580 backplane (X-bus only or

Ethernet backplane)

Description of BMEP58pp20 processors

4BMEP58pp20 processors have dual RJ45 Ethernet ports for connection to the

distributed equipment (DIO).

Description of BMEP58pp40 processors

4BMEP58pp40 processors have dual RJ45 Ethernet ports for connection to the

remote I/O drops (EIO) and distributed equipment (through DRS) (1).

USB terminal port

The USB port 2,offering a useful data rate of 480 Mbps, is compatible with Unity Pro

programming software, OPC Factory Server (OFS), and Magelis HMI terminals (2).

BMEP58 processors can be connected to a USB bus comprising several peripheral

devices. However:

b Only one processor can be connected to the USB bus

b No device on the USB bus can be controlled by the PLC (modem, printer)

Ethernet backplanes

The new range of Ethernet backplanes feature embedded Ethernet and X-bus

connectivity. With 4, 8, and 12 slots, these two connectors allow the existing M580/

X80 modules to be incorporated into an M580 architecture (see page 3/10).

(1) DRS: Dual Ring Switches. Supported ConneXium switches TCSESM083F23F1/063F2CU1/

063F2CS1.

(2) Please refer to HMI catalogs on www.schneider-electric.com.

BMEP58pppp

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/22

Memory structure Modicon M580 automation

platform

Processor modules

Write-protect switch

Program

Data

Application

program

%MW backup

Saved data

Persistent memory

M580 processor

Internal application RAM

Modicon M580 application storage

Optional memory card

Memory structure

Internal memory capacity

The internal application RAM of Modicon M580 processors stores and executes the

application program. This RAM has no battery backup, which means data could be

lost in the event of a power brake. To avoid data loss, the application can be backed

up in the persistent memory. The internal memory provides a maximum capacity of

16 MB for memory program, 2,048 KB for data, and 4 GB for data storage.

The internal persistent memory is used by the rmware to register:

b the value of application variables

b the system state

b application backup

b a copy of %MW values

An optional memory card, BMXRMS004GPF, is used for application backup and

data storage. It is formatted by Schneider Electric.

BMXRMS004GPF SD memory card

Modicon M580 processors support an optional 4 GB memory card

BMXRMS004GPF. The SD memory card is of ‘‘industrial grade’’ and formatted for

use with Modicon M580 only. The Modicon M580 does not support memory cards

from Modicon M340. This card withstands operating temperatures of - 40 to 85 ºC/

- 40 to 185 °F and has 10 years of le retention capacity.

Unity Pro programming software helps the application designer manage the

structure and memory space of the Modicon M580 automation platform.

Protecting the application

If necessary, it is possible to limit access to the application (in terms of reading and

modifying the program) by only loading the executable code in the PLC.

Additionally, a memory protection bit, set in conguration mode, is also available to

help prevent any program modication (via the programming terminal or

downloading).

The user has function blocks for protecting know-how by means of a signature that

can be loaded and stored in the M580 processor module’s Flash memory card

(code not executed if the signature is not present).

Modifying the program in online mode

As with the Modicon Premium and Quantum platforms (with Unity Pro software), the

online program modication function is available on the Modicon M580 automation

platform. It has the option of adding or modifying the program code and data in

different places in the application in a single modication session (thus helping to

ensure that modication is homogenous and consistent with the controlled

process). A dedicated memory area of the application internal RAM authorizes

these program modication or addition sessions while complying with the

recommendation to structure the application program in several, reasonably-sized

sections.

The CCOTF (Change Conguration On The Fly) function is used to add or remove

discrete or analog I/O modules to/from a Modicon M580 CPU in a remote I/O drop in

RUN mode. It enables Ethernet RIO drops to be added in RUN mode. The addition

of a complete M580 Ethernet RIO drop in RUN mode requires Unity Pro V8.0 or

higher on BMEP581020,BMEP582020,BMEP582040,BMEP583020,

BMEP583040,BMEP584020, and BMEP584040 processors.

The CCOTF function avoids interrupting processes and helps to reduce production

costs. It also enables the conguration parameters of pre-existing and new Modicon

M580 analog and discrete I/O modules to be modied online in a remote I/O drop.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/23

References Modicon M580 automation

platform

Processor modules

BMEP58pppp

BMXRMS004GPF

BMXXCAUSBH0pp

PF122552

PF106120PF106185

Modicon M580 processors

I/O capacity Maximum

number of

networks

Device ports Service port Reference Weight

kg/lb

1,024 discrete I/O

256 analog I/O

24 application-specic

channels

4 MB integrated

(memory program)

2 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 1BMEP581020 0.849/

1.872

2,048 discrete I/O

512 analog I/O

32 application-specic

channels

8 MB integrated

(memory program)

2 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 1BMEP582020 0.849/

1.872

2 RIO/DIO 1BMEP582040 0.849/

1.872

3,072 discrete I/O

768 analog I/O

64 application-specic

channels

12 MB integrated

(memory program)

3 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 1BMEP583020 0.849/

1.872

2 RIO/DIO 1BMEP583040 0.849/

1.872

4,096 discrete I/O

1,024 analog I/O

64 application-specic

channels

16 MB integrated

(memory program)

4 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 1BMEP584020 0.849/

1.872

2 RIO/DIO 1BMEP584040 0.849/

1.872

SD Memory card

Description Processor compatibility Capacity Reference Weight

kg/lb

SD memory card

(optional) (1)

All processors 4 GB (for application

backup and data

storage)

BMXRMS004GPF 0.002/

0.004

Separate parts

Description Use Length

m/ft.

Reference Weight

kg/lb

From To

Terminal port/

USB cordsets

Mini-B USB port

on Modicon M580

processor

Type A USB port on:

- PC terminal

- Magelis HMI graphic

terminal

1.8/5.905 BMXXCAUSBH018 0.065/

0.143

4.5 /14.764 BMXXCAUSBH045 0.110/

0.243

(1) Memory card, used for:

- Backing up the program, constants, symbols and data

- File storage

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/24

Presentation,

description

Modicon M580 automation

platform

M580 backplanes

Presentation

The M580 PAC is complatible with two types of backplane: dual Ethernet and X-bus

backplanes or X-bus only backplanes (1)(2). One Ethernet switch is embedded in

the backplane with connectivity to some slots on the backplane (not all slots have

Ethernet connectivity).

X-bus functionality is preserved and conforms to the legacy implementation and

specication. The X-bus will be used in a subset of modules on the Ethernet

backplane.

The M580 backplanes provide power supply for all modules in the rack.

Function

The Ethernet backplane provides the following services to X-bus slots:

bprovide rack number

bprovide interconnection to all slots in main and expanded backplanes

The Ethernet interface is the main communication medium in the Ethernet

backplane. All Ethernet modules on the Ethernet backplane are attached to one of

several ports. The modules lead to the Ethernet switch chip embedded inside the

Ethernet backplane.

The Ethernet backplane provides the following services to ETH slots:

bprovide ETH connection to ETH slots

bprovide point-to-point lane connection

Description

Dual Ethernet and X-bus backplanes

The quantity of X-bus and Ethernet slots found on a backplane depends on the

backplane size.

BMEXBP0400/BMEXBP0800 are 4/8-slot dual Ethernet and X-bus backplanes

with:

1CPS slot for power supply

24 slots (BMEXBP0400)/8 slots (BMEXBP0800) with:

2a 4/8 Ethernet and X-bus connectors for mixed modules

3 Expansion: 1 connector for an X-bus backplane expansion

4 2 xing points for the shielding connection bar

5 Protective earth screw

6 Slots for anchoring the module pin

7Tapped holes for the locking screw on each module

84 holes for M4, M5, M6 or UNC #6-32 screws (4.32 to 6.35 mm/0.170 to 0.250 in.)

9 Rack is fastened to 35 mm/1.38 in. wide and 15 mm/0.59 in. deep DIN rails.

Mounting on a 35 mm/1.38 in. wide and 7.5 mm/0.295 in. deep DIN rail is possible

(in this case, the product withstands less mechanical stress)

BMEXBP1200 is a 12-slot dual Ethernet and X-bus backplane with:

1CPS slot for power supply

212 slots with:

2a 8 Ethernet and X-bus connectors for mixed modules

2b 4 X-bus connectors for X-bus modules

3 Expansion: 1 connector for an X-bus backplane expansion

4 2 xing points for the shielding connection bar

5 Protective earth screw

6 Slots for anchoring the module pin

7Tapped holes for the locking screw on each module

84 holes for M4, M5, M6 or UNC #6-32 screws (4.32 mm to 6.35 mm/0.170 to

0.250 in.)

X-bus backplanes (1)(2)

Available with 4, 6, 8, and 12 slots with BMXXBP0400/0600/0800/1200 for X-bus

modules.

For more information, please refer to the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalog

available on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

(1) For more information on rack, see page 1/26

(2) Mandatory PV02 version or later.

BMEXBP0400/0800 backplanes

8 2a

2b

3642154

BMEXBP1200 backplane

7

8 2a7

9 4 5 1 2 4 6 3

Dual Ethernet and X-bus backplanes

X-bus backplanes (1)(2)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/25

Description,

references

Modicon M580 automation

platform

M580 backplanes

Description (continued)

Cable shielding connection kit

To be ordered separately:

A BMXXSPpp00 cable shielding connection kit, used to help protect against

electrostatic discharge when connecting the shielding on cordsets for connecting:

b Analog, counter, and motion control modules

b Some Magelis HMI terminals (1) to the processor (via BMXXCAUSBH0pp

shielded USB cable)

The BMXXSPpp00 shielding connection kit comprises:

9 A metal bar that takes the clamping rings and the earthing terminal

10 Two sub-bases to be mounted on the rack

11 An earthing terminal

12 Not included in the shielding connection kit, the STBXSP30p0 clamping rings

(sold in lots of 10, cross-section 1.5…6 mm2/AWG 16...10 or 5…11 mm2/AWG 10...8)

Racks (2)(3)

Description (4) Type of

module

to be

inserted

Ethernet

conn-

ectors

X-bus

conn-

ectors

Power

consump-

tion

(5)

Reference (2) Weight

kg/lb

4-slot Ethernet +

X-bus backplane

BMEP58

processors,

Modicon

X80 I/O

modules (6)

4 4 2.8 W

BMEXBP0400

0.705/

1.554

8-slot Ethernet +

X-bus backplane

8 8 3.9 W

BMEXBP0800

1.060/

2.337

12-slot backplane

(8 Ethernet +

X-bus/4 X-bus)

8 12 3.9 W

BMEXBP1200

1.377/

3.036

Accessories

Description For use with Reference Weight

kg/lb

Shielding connection kits

comprising:

-1 metal bar

-2 support sub-bases

-1 earthing terminal

BMEXBP0400, BMXXBP0400

rack

BMXXSP0400

0.280/

0.617

BMXXBP0600 rack

BMXXSP0600

0.310/

0.683

BMEXBP0800, BMXXBP0800

rack

BMXXSP0800

0.340/

0.750

BMEXBP1200, BMXXBP1200

rack

BMXXSP1200

0.400/

0.882

Spring clamping rings

Sold in lots of 10

Cables, cross-section 1.5...6 mm2/

AWG 16...10

STBXSP3010 0.050/

0.110

Cables, cross-section 5...11 mm2/

AWG 10...8

STBXSP3020 0.070/

0.154

Protective covers

(replacement parts)

Sold in lots of 5

Unoccupied slots on

BMXXBPpp00 rack

BMXXEM010 0.005/

0.011

(1) Please refer to HMI catalogs on www.schneider-electric.com

(2) In an M580 architecture, Ethernet backplanes can be used for RIO drop Ethernet (EIO) but

not as expansion racks anywhere. For expansion rack, it is necessary to use

BMXXBP0400/0600/0800/1200 racks (see page 1/26).

(3) For multi-rack conguration, see page 1/26.

(4) Number of slots including all modules except for power supply rack expansion modules.

(5) Power consumption of anti-condensation resistor(s).

(6) Please refer to the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalog on www.schneider-electric.com

10 9 12 11 10

BMXXSPpp00 cable shielding connection kit

BMEXBP1200

PF122508

BMEXBP0800

PF122507

BMEXBP0400

PF122506

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/26

Presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

Multi-rack conguration

14

2

4 31

Modicon X80 drop + expansion rack

Composition of an expansion backplane conguration

M580 CPU supports 4 to 8 local racks (depending upon the CPU performance

level), using existing X80 I/O modules and accessories. A Modicon M580 CPU must

be installed in the rst rack (#0) and this can be a dual bus rack. A Modicon M580

PLC will support up to 7 BMXXBPpppp PV02 or higher backplanes (racks) of 4, 6,

8, or 12 slots. The main backplane (rack #0) will support the CPU.

To expand the conguration using additional racks, users must use a bus expansion

module (BMXXBE1000) and X-bus cables. The backplane expander will be

plugged in the dedicated connector on the right side of the backplane. It will not

occupy any module slot. The XBE expansion module will not be hot-swappable in

accordance with Modicon X80. Each backplane has to include a power supply

module and will support up to 12 modules.

An expansion rack can be connected to the main backplane and the X80 drop

(EIO).

The rack address is assigned as follows:

b Each rack will be assigned a physical address using 4 micro switches located in

the bus expansion module.

b The main rack containing the CPU will be assigned address 0.

b The other racks will be assigned addresses 1 to 7.

Each rack is equipped with:

1 A BMXCPSppppp power supply

2 A BMXXBE1000 rack expansion module. This module, inserted in the right-hand

end of the rack (XBE slot) does not occupy rack slots 00…11 (4, 6, 8, or 12 slots are

still available).

3 The BMXXBE1000 rack expansion modules are connected to each other by

X-bus cordsets.

4Line terminators: Both expansion modules at the ends of the daisy chain must

have a line terminator TSXTLYEX on the unused 9-way SUB-D connector.

Ethernet racks

The Modicon M580 CPU supports dual bus backplanes (Ethernet and X-bus), all

the processors support Ethernet ring or star architectures on their Ethernet port.

BMXP58pp2p processors support Ethernet star or ring architectures (RSTP loop is

supported on ports 2 and 3). The embedded scanner allows scanning of distributed

equipment. The CPU drives these devices directly (“NOC” embedded function).

BMXP58pp4pprocessors support an embedded scanner that allows scanning of

X80 drops on Ethernet RIO (EIO) in addition to distributed equipment.

M580 CPUs have an additional third Ethernet port dedicated to the connection of a

service tool such as a PC, HMI, or network analyzer. This port is labeled “ETH 1”. It

does not support RSTP.

M580 CPU will be able to communicate on the main Ethernet backplane. The

Modicon M580 CPU cannot be installed in an expansion rack.

It is necessary to use an Ethernet backplane

Reference Description

BMEXBP0400 Standard 4-slot backplane

BMEXBP0800 Standard 8-slot backplane

BMEXBP1200 Standard 12-slot backplane

BMEXBP0400H Ruggedized 4-slot backplane

BMEXBP0800H Ruggedized 8-slot backplane

BMEXBP1200H Ruggedized 12-slot backplane

1

1

4

4 3

2

Modicon M580 + expansion rack

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/27

Description Modicon M580 automation

platform

Multi-rack conguration

Modicon M580 Modicon X80 expansion rack

Premium racks

Premium X-bus expansion example

Premium X-bus expansion - making migration as simple as possible

Modicon M580 CPU supports revamping of an existing Premium installation by

replacing the Premium rack 0 (CPU and communication modules) with an M580 rack. It

is also possible to associate TSXRKY4EX/6EX/8EX/12EX Premium racks with X80 I/O

based on an X-bus rack. Most existing congurations are supported. The number of

expansion racks allowed depends on the CPU that is being used:

b BMEP581020,BMEP582020, and BMEP582040 CPUs support a main local rack

and up to 3 expansion racks. If you are using 4, 6, or 8-slot Premium expansion racks,

you may install 2 physical racks at each assigned rack address, allowing up to 6

Premium expansion racks (up to 6 backplanes and 100 m/328.083 ft. between 2

drops).

BMEP583020,BMEP583040,BMEP584020, and BMEP584040 CPUs support a

main local rack with up to 7 expansion racks. If you are using 4, 6, or 8-slot Premium

expansion racks, you may install 2 physical racks at each assigned rack address,

allowing up to 14 Premium expansion racks.

The maximum number of supported X-bus racks is as follows:

b 4 for BMEP581020/20p0

b 8 for BMEP58030p0/40p0

The maximum number of X-bus drops is calculated as follows:

Max number = 1 (CPU rack: BMXXBPpp00 or BMEXBPpp00)

+ ½ number of TSXRKY4/6/8EX racks

+ number of TSXRKY12EX racks

+ number of BMXXBPpp00 racks

Description

The front panel of the BMXXBE1000 rack expansion module comprises:

5 Retaining screw for locking the module in its slot (at the far right-hand end of the

rack)

6 A display block with 5 LEDs:

bRUN LED (green): module in operation

bCOL LED (red): several racks have the same address, or rack address 0 does

not contain the BMEP58ppp0 processor module

bLEDs 0, 1, 2, and 3 (green): rack address 0, 1, 2, or 3

7 A 9-way female SUB-D connector, marked X-bus, for the incoming X-bus cordset

3 connected to the upstream rack, or if it is the rst rack, for the A/ line terminator

included in the TSXTLYEX 4 pack (see page 1/26)

8 A 9-way female SUB-D connector, marked X-bus, for the outgoing X-bus cordset

3 to the downstream rack, or if it is the last rack, for the /B line terminator included

in the TSXTLYEX 4 pack (see page 1/26)

On the right-hand side panel

A ap for accessing the 3 rack addressing micro-switches: 0…3.

Installation rules for BMXXBPppp0 racks: For the rules on how to install racks in

enclosures, see our website www.schneider-electric.com.

5

6

7

8

X-bus

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/28

References Modicon M580 automation

platform

Multi-rack conguration

Expansion racks

Description Type of module

to be inserted

No. of

slots

(1)

Power

consumption

(2)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

X-bus

backplanes

for expansion

racks

(3)

Modicon X80 I/O

modules (3)

BMEP58

processors

41 W BMXXBP0400 0.630/

1.389

61.5 W BMXXBP0600 0.790/

1.742

82 W BMXXBP0800 0.950/

2.094

12 0 W BMXXBP1200 1.270/

2.800

Description Use Reference Weight

kg/lb

Modicon X80 I/O

rack expansion

module

(3)

Standard module for mounting in each

rack (XBE slot) and used to interconnect:

-Up to 3 racks with

BMEP581020/20pppp processor module

-Up to 7 racks with BMEP5830pp/40pp

processor module

-1 rack with X80 drop (EIO)

BMXXBE1000

0.178/

0.392

Modicon X80 I/O

rack expansion

kit

(3)

Complete kit for 2-rack conguration

comprising:

- 2 BMXXBE1000 rack expansion

modules

- 1 BMXXBC008K extension cordset,

length 0.8 m/2.625 ft.

- 1 TSXTLYEX line terminator (set of 2)

BMXXBE2005 0.700/

1.543

(1) Number of slots taking all modules except for power supply and rack expansion modules

(2) Power consumption of anti-condensation resistor(s)

(3) Please refer to the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalog on www.schneider-electric.com.

BMXXBP0400

PF106104

BMXXBP0600

PF106105

BMXXBP0800

PF106106

BMXXBP1200

PF106107

BMXXBE1000

PF108119

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1/29

References Modicon M580 automation

platform

Multi-rack conguration

Cordsets and connection accessories

Description Use Composition Type of

connector

Length

m/ft.

Reference Weight

kg/lb

X-bus extension

cordsets

total length

30 m/98.425 ft. max.

Between 2

BMXXBE1000 rack

expansion modules

2 x 9-way SUB-D

connectors

Angled 0.8/2.625 BMXXBC008K 0.165/

0.364

1.5/4.921 BMXXBC015K 0.250/

0.551

3/9.842 BMXXBC030K 0.420/

0.926

5/16.404 BMXXBC050K 0.650/

1.433

12/39.37 BMXXBC120K 1.440/

3.175

Straight 1/3.281 TSXCBY010K 0.160/

0.353

3/9.842 TSXCBY030K 0.260/

0.573

5/16.404 TSXCBY050K 0.360/

0.794

12/39.37 TSXCBY120K 1.260/

2.778

18/59.05 TSXCBY180K 1.860/

4.101

28/91.86 TSXCBY280KT

(1)

2.860/

6.305

Cable reel Length of cable to be

equipped with

TSXCBYK9

connectors

Cable with

ends with ying

leads, 2 line testers

– 100/328.08 TSXCBY1000 12.320/

27.161

Description Use Composition Type of

connector

Sold in

lots of

Unit reference Weight

kg/lb

Line terminators Required on the 2

BMXXBPppp0

modules located at

either end of the daisy

chain

2 x 9-way SUB-D

connectors marked A/ and /B

2TSXTLYEX 0.050/

0.110

X-bus straight

connectors

For TSXCBY1000

cables

2 x 9-way SUB-D

straight connectors

2TSXCBYK9 0.080/

0.176

Connector assembly

kit

For attaching

TSXCBYK9

connectors

2 crimping pliers,

1 pen (2)

–TSXCBYACC10 –

(1) Cable supplied with a set of 2 TSXTVSY100 electrical transient suppressors.

(2)To t the connectors on the cable, you also need a wire stripper, a pair of scissors, and a digital ohmmeter.

TSXTLYEX

PF108138

BMXXBCpppK

PF108142

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/1

Contents

Architectures

Overview of I/O architectures……………………………….…………. .... page 2/2

b Presentation …………………………………..….…………………... ........page 2/4

b Architecture A………………….……………..….…………………............page 2/5

b Architecture B………………….……………..….…………………............page 2/6

b Architecture C………………….……………..….……….…………...........page 2/7

b Architecture D………………….……………..….…………………............page 2/8

b Modicon X80 performance EIO adapter……................. ….…………... page 2/9

b Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP network module.…….................... .... page 2/10

b Modicon X80 NRP EIO drop optical repeaters ……....................…... page 2/11

b ConneXium managed switches………………………….......... ….…... page 2/11

b Example of a complex architecture……………………….…........…... page 2/12

b Examples of architectures………………………………… .......….…... page 2/13

v Food and beverage examples..…………………….… ............ …………. page 2/13

v Water example ….……………….…………………………………........ … page 2/14

v Hydro power example ………..………………………… .......... …………. page 2/15

v Cement example .……….……………………………………………......... page 2/16

b References and requirements………………………............. ………... page 2/17

Modicon distributed I/O solutions

Selection guide ............................................page 2/20

b Presentation.........................................................................................page 2/22

b Description, references.......................................................................page 2/23

b Composition ........................................................................................page 2/24

b Conguration.......................................................................................page 2/25

2 - I/O architectures

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/2 2/2

Overview Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

Modicon M580 type of architecture

Note: These architectures can be combined with each other

Architectures with local racks (main rack and expansion racks) Architecture with local racks (main rack and expansion racks) Architecture with racks in remote drops

Hardwired Distributed peripherals over eldbuses Distributed peripherals and I/O over Ethernet Remote over Ethernet

Compact topology with devices hardwired

on local I/O

Compact topology with devices distributed

over eldbuses

Distributed devices and I/O topology over Ethernet Remote I/O + Remote functions (including eldbus master)

Architecture A Architecture B Architecture C Architecture D

Expanded rack (with X-bus rack expansion module) Main local rack with up to 7 local expansion racks on X-bus (Modicon Premium or Modicon X80

racks)

Main local rack with up to 7 local expansion racks on X-bus (Modicon Premium

or Modicon X80 racks)

Main local rack with up to 7 local expansion racks on X-bus (Modicon Premium or

Modicon X80 racks), RIO drop with up to 1 remote expanded rack on X-bus (only

Modicon X80 racks)

Backplane compatibility BMEXBPpp00 Ethernet +

X-bus racks

Compatible for main racks (local or remote) Compatible for main racks (local or remote)

Mandatory for expansion racks (main or remote)

Compatible with any rack if Modicon X80 I/O Ethernet modules are not used in the racks, such as: weighing, HART and BMECRA31210 modules

BMXXBPpp00 X-bus racks

PV02 (or later)

Mandatory for expansion racks (main or remote)

Compatible with any rack if Modicon X80 I/O Ethernet modules are not used in the racks, such

as: weighing, HART and BMECRA31210 modules

Compatible CPU types All CPUs are compatible (1) All CPUs are compatible (1) BMEP58pp40 CPUs are required to manage RIO

CPU Ethernet ports SERVICE port One SERVICE port for HMI, Unity, control network, variable speed drive, etc. One SERVICE port for HMI, Unity, control network, variable speed drive, etc.

Dual port Dual ports are not used Dual ports are used for distributed equipment (DIO scanner) Dual ports are used for remote equipment (RIO scanner), BMECRA31210

Ethernet drop adapter is mandatory in RIO drop (2).

RIO drops – – A maximum of 16 RIO drops can be supported in an M580 network

Communication AS-Interface and serial link

modules

Yes Yes Yes, in a local rack or in a RIO drop

BMXNOR0200H RTU

module

Yes Yes Yes, only in a local rack

Ethernet modules Yes Yes Yes, only in a local rack

Expert functions PTO (Pulse Train Output)

modules

Yes Yes Yes, only in a local rack

Other expert modules:

counting, SSI encoder, etc.

Yes Yes Yes, in a local rack or in a RIO drop

Time stamping 1 ms max. BMXERT1604T

module integrated in the ERT

module

Yes Yes Yes, in a local rack or in a RIO drop

10 ms with BMECRA31210

combined with discrete I/O

modules in the RIO drop

– – Yes, only in the RIO drop, system mode with OFS (2)

Pages

(1) BMEP58pp40 CPUs are not mandatory for architectures A, B and C.

(2) BMXCRA31210 modules are also compatible.

X-bus

HART

Ethernet

Ethernet

AS-I

Modbus

X-bus

2/2 2/3

2/4

Presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

Presentation

The Modicon M580 automation platform offers four different types of architectures with local racks or with racks in

remote drops. These four options are presented on the following pages as architectures A, B, C and D.

The Modicon M580 automation platform offers an I/O architecture solution over local racks, eldbuses and

Ethernet, connecting the M580 main rack to remote I/O (RIO) drops, installed on a Modicon X80 rack (1), and

distributed I/O (DIO) devices.

This Modicon M580 solution comprises:

bRIO drops on a Modicon X80 drop

bEthernet DIO devices

bA choice of three CRA Ethernet drop adapters (standard or high performance) in each Modicon X80 RIO drop

bTwo optical repeaters, for single mode or multimode optical ber, on Modicon X80 RIO drop

bA choice of three types of managed dual ring switches (DRS) from the ConneXium offer (2), congurable by

means of predened conguration les for immediate setup

Different architectures are therefore possible, such as:

bEthernet RIO architectures with or without ConneXium managed switches (2)

bArchitectures with separate or combined Ethernet RIO and Ethernet DIO devices on the same physical

medium

This solution also includes numerous options and functions as standard, providing:

bHigh process availability, with the option of connecting Ethernet RIO and Ethernet DIO in a daisy chain loop

bDeterministic data exchanges between the PLC and the Ethernet RIO

bRemote service, with a SERVICE port available on the M580 CPU or Modicon X80 CRA Ethernet drop

adapters

Historian

Ethernet ring

Redundant

system

servers

Unity Pro

MES

(Manufacturing

Execution

System)

ERP system

Vijeo Citec

SCADA

Enterprise

Factory

Process

Field

Modicon M580 main rack Modicon M580 main rack

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon

X80 drop

Modicon

X80 drop

Variable speed drive

Motor

protection

Optical ber

ConneXium managed

switch (DRS)

X-bus

Expansion rack

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon X80 drop

HART devices

iMCC

Remote

site

Wi-Fi

Typical architecture (3)

(1) The Modicon X80 range offers common I/O modules which can be used both in Ethernet RIO drops connected in

Modicon M580 automation platforms.

(2) Supported ConneXium switches: TCSESM083F23F1/063F2CU1/063F2CS1 (see page 2/11).

(3) This typical architecture representation is a conceptual network diagram and does not represent the actual wiring

specications.

Note

bThe validated and tested

architectures are shown in

the technical documentation

available on our website

www.schneider-electric.com.

bThe use of switches other

than those detailed in these

architecture I/O pages

(pages 2/4 to 2/19) is not

supported (2).

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/5

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

Presentation

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Architectures with local racks

Architecture A

Presentation

Architecture A is used for control systems that reside in the main control cabinet.

The M580 platform provides interrupt services for this type of application.

Up to 94 slots are possible for I/O modules in a conguration comprising a main rack

and 7 expansion racks, connected by BMXXBEp00p rack expansion modules.

Description

The Modicon M580 automation platform provides local I/O management for control

systems that are wired to the main control cabinet.

Architecture A can comprise a maximum of 10 I/O modules in the main rack, in

addition to the CPU module 2 and the power supply module 1.

These local I/O can be extended on an expansion rack by using a BMXXBEp00p

rack expansion module 3.

Ethernet slots are available only in the main rack because rack expansion cables

only support X-bus.

The choice of appropriate rack depends on the required number of modules for the

system. Main racks are available in the following formats: 4, 8 and 12 slots.

As well as discrete and analog I/O modules, the following modules are available:

bApplication-specic modules:

vSSI encoder

vCounter

vPulse train output

vWeighing

Some application-specic modules (weighing, etc.) require use of an Ethernet

backplane.

If necessary, communication and network modules can be installed in the local rack.

The majority of communication and network modules need to be in the local rack.

Architecture A conguration rules

When conguring an architecture A system, the following four parameters should be

considered:

bNumber of slots available in the 8 local racks (main and expansion racks)

bSlots available for optional modules

bPower consumed by the installed modules

bAddressing words available for conguring the modules

Available slots and power consumption

Architecture A can have a maximum of 94 available slots (with eight 12-slot racks)

for I/O modules, application-specic modules and communication modules.

These modules are powered from the power supply included in the rack.

For a valid conguration, simply add together the consumption (in mA) of the

modules in the rack and check that the total current is less than that provided by the

selected power supply.

This power consumption calculation can easily be performed using Unity Pro

software.

Empty BMXXEM010 modules are also available to occupy unused slots.

Module addressing (1)

With Unity Pro, the I/O addressing is unlimited (physical limitation: 94 slots).

(1) Requires Unity Pro software V8.0.

Architecture A: devices on local I/O

Expansion rack

Main rack

X-bus

For rack accessory references, see page 1/25

3

Main rack

Expansion rack

10 slots max. available

12 slots max. available

2

1

1

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/6

Presentation,

description

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Architectures with local racks

Architecture B

Presentation

Architecture B is based on architecture A with the possibility of adding eldbuses

such as AS-Interface, Modbus SL, HART, etc.

Architecture B is used for control systems that are wired to the main control cabinet.

It consists of a mainly local topology with several peripherals distributed over

eldbuses.

The Modicon M580 automation platform provides interrupt services for this type of

application.

Up to 94 slots are possible for I/O and communication modules in a conguration

comprising a main rack and 7 expansion racks, connected by BMXXBEp00p rack

expansion modules.

Description

The Modicon M580 automation platform provides local I/O management for control

systems that are wired to the main control cabinet.

Architecture B can comprise a maximum of 10 I/O and communication modules in

the main BMEXBPpp00 rack, in addition to the CPU module 2 and the power supply

module 1. These local I/O and communication modules can be extended on

expansion racks by using a BMXXBEp00p rack expansion module.

The choice of appropriate racks depends on the required number of modules for the

system. Main racks are available in the following formats: 4, 8 and 12 slots.

If necessary, communication and network modules can be installed in the main

rack. The majority of communication and network modules need to be in the main

rack.

As well as discrete and analog I/O modules, the following modules are available:

bCommunication modules:

vSerial link 3

vAS-Interface 4

vHART 5

Some communication modules (Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP network module,

HART analog I/O modules, etc.) require use of an Ethernet backplane.

Architecture B conguration rules

When conguring an architecture B system, the following four parameters should

be considered:

bNumber of slots available in the 8 local racks

bSlots available for optional modules

bPower consumed by the installed modules

bAddressing words available for conguring the modules

Available slots and power consumption

Architecture B can have a maximum of 94 available slots (with eight 12-slot racks)

for I/O modules, application-specic modules and communication modules.

These modules are powered from the power supply included in the rack.

For a valid conguration, simply add together the consumption (in mA) of the

modules in the rack and check that the total current is less than that provided by the

selected power supply.

This power consumption calculation can easily be performed using Unity Pro

software.

Empty BMXXEM010 modules are also available to occupy unused slots.

Module addressing

With Unity Pro (1), the I/O addressing is unlimited (physical limitation: 94 slots).

(1) Requires Unity Pro version ≥ 8.0 software.

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

Architecture B: devices distributed over eldbuses

1 2 3 5

4

Main rack

Expansion rack

X-bus

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/7

Presentation,

description

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Architectures with local racks

Architecture C

Presentation

Architecture C consists of I/O and devices distributed over Ethernet (DIO).

The Ethernet DIO devices can be connected to Ethernet ports of the BMEP58p0p0

CPU 1 or of a ConneXium DRS (Dual Ring Switch) switch.

The available Ethernet DIO devices are:

bModicon STB distributed I/O 2

bVariable speed drives 3

bEnergy supervision 4 and HMI

bTesys U 5 connected via CANopen to a Modicon STB I/O island and Tesys T 6

motor protection, etc.

Modbus serial link devices can be integrated in architecture C via the

BMXNOM0200 serial link module.

High availability and expanded integration capacity

Architecture C can integrate ConneXium DRS (Dual Ring Switch) switches 7(1). 15

predened congurations which can be loaded into the switches simplify their

implementation.

The use of these switches provides enhanced capacity for the integration of

devices:

bDIO sub-rings

bDIO clouds

The advantages of this architecture are:

bHigh availability of the Ethernet DIO devices

Maximum distance between each ConneXium managed switch:

b100 m/328.084 ft with copper medium

b2 km/1.243 mi with multimode optical ber

b16 km/9.942 mi with single mode optical ber medium

(1) Supported ConneXium switches: TCSESM083F23F1, TCSESM063F2CU1,

TCSESM063F2CS1.

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

Architecture C: devices distributed over Ethernet

1

2

3

5

46

7

Main rack

Distributed

I/O

Distributed

I/O

Ethernet

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/8

Presentation,

description

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Architectures with remote racks

Architecture D

Presentation

Architecture D consists of remote I/O and remote functions (including eldbus

masters).

Architecture D is fully compatible with the references in the Modicon M580

automation platform and Modicon X80 I/O platform offers. The capacity of Modicon

X80 I/O drops depends on the CRA Ethernet drop adapter used. A maximum of

16 RIO drops 1 can be supported in an architecture D system.

The available Ethernet devices are:

bVariable speed drives 2

bEnergy supervision 3 and HMI 4

bTesys T motor protection, etc.

It is possible to include DIO devices in architecture D via the SERVICE port of the

CPU or of the BMECRA31210 drop adapter 1 or via ConneXium DRS (Dual Ring

Switch) switches 5.

Rack Viewer function r

The Rack Viewer function provides access to Ethernet RIO data via a web browser.

Predened congurations for ConneXium managed switches

The use of ConneXium managed switches specically for Modicon M580

architectures is simplied using 15 predened conguration les.

Standard architecture D

This is composed of a daisy chain loop consisting of a Modicon M580 main rack and

several Modicon X80 I/O drops containing an Ethernet drop adapter:

bBMECRA31210 Modicon X80 performance EIO adapter, with SERVICE port

bBMXCRA31210 Modicon X80 RIO Ethernet drop adapter, with SERVICE port

bBMXCRA31200 Modicon X80 RIO Ethernet drop adapter, without SERVICE

port

Long distance architecture D

Similar to the standard architecture D, this variant comprises of one or more

remotely located Modicon X80 I/O drops connected via integrated NRP optical ber

repeaters.

There are two types of NRP repeater:

bBMXNRP0200: multimode optical ber repeater (remote location up to 2 km)

bBMXNRP0201: single mode optical ber repeater (remote location up to 16 km)

The NRP repeaters are linked to CRA drop adapters by means of Ethernet Interlink

cables.

High availability and expanded integration capacity

Architecture D can integrate ConneXium DRS (Dual Ring Switch) switches 5(1).

15 predened congurations which can be loaded into the switches simplify their

implementation.

The use of these switches provides enhanced capacity for the integration of

devices:

bRIO sub-rings

bOptical ber media for long distance remote location, etc.

bEnable DIO integration to architecture D

The advantages of this architecture are:

bReduced wiring costs

bDeterministic data exchanges between the PLC and the EIO devices

bSecondary rings can be linked to the main ring by two DRS switches, which

improve availability

Maximum distance between each ConneXium managed switch:

b100 m/328.084 ft with copper (twisted pair) cables

b2 km/1.243 mi with multimode optical ber

b16 km/9.942 mi with single mode optical ber media

(1) Supported ConneXium switches: TCSESM083F23F1, TCSESM063F2CU1,

TCSESM063F2CS1.

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

HMI

Architecture D: remote I/O

1

1

2

5

4

3

Main rack Remote

drop

Remote

drop

Ethernet

r Available 2nd quarter 2014.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/9

Presentation,

description

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Modicon X80 performance EIO adapter

Modicon X80 performance EIO adapter

Presentation

An M580 Ethernet RIO (EIO) architecture with Modicon X80 I/O drops requires the

use of a dedicated adapter in each Modicon X80 drop.

The BMECRA31210 adapter supports Ethernet and X-bus communications across

the remote backplane.

This EIO adapter module supports several expert modules such as counting and

weighing modules and CCOTF (Change Conguration On The Fly).

For Modicon X80 RIO drops on an Ethernet backplane, time stamping can be

managed with a resolution of 10 ms when using a BMECRA31210 performance

EIO adapter.

Only one BMECRA31210 module can be installed per Modicon X80 RIO drop.

This module can also support a BMXXBPpp00 expansion rack.

The BMECRA31210 adapter is designed to be installed on an Ethernet backplane

in the main remote rack. The adapter supports the Modicon X80 I/O and partner

modules with both Ethernet and X-bus connections (1).

The keying pin on the rear side of the module means the BMECRA31210 adapter

cannot be installed on unsupported backplanes.

These adapters are connected by Ethernet cordsets tted with RJ45 connectors.

The dual Ethernet connection port on each adapter allows Daisy Chain Loop

connections using the RSTP protocol (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol).

The BMECRA31210 adapter is also available in a conformal coating version for

harsh environments.

It also complies with several standards and certications such as C-Tick, GOST,

merchant navy, CSA C22.2 No. 142 and 213 and IEC/EN 61131-2.

Capacity of the Modicon BMECRA31210 adapter

Maximum number of

racks per drop

Up to 2

SERVICE port 1

Discrete I/O modules Up to 1024

Analog I/O module Up to 256

Expert modules

supported:

bserial link BMXNOM0200

btime and date stamping at 1 ms BMXERT1604T

bcounting BMXEHC0200/BMXEHC0800

bweighing PMESWT0100

bHART integrated analog I/O modules BMEAHI0812/BMEAHO0412

CCOTF function Yes

Time and date stamping 10 ms

Description

1 LED display block indicating the module status

2 Rotary switches for setting the address of an EIO drop (00…159)

3 Dedicated RJ45 service port (ETH 1) for remote service tools such as a PC, an

HMI terminal module or Ethernet DIO devices

4 RJ45 device network port (ETH 2) for connection to the Ethernet network

5 RJ45 device network port (ETH 3) for connection to the Ethernet network

(1) This module is also compatible with X-bus backplanes. In this case it has the same

functionality as a BMXCRA31210 performance Ethernet drop adapter.

BMECRA31210

BMECRA31210

1

2

3

4

5

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/10

Presentation,

functions, description

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP network module

Presentation

The BMXNOC0402 (1) network module acts as an interface between the M580 PLC

and other Ethernet network devices via the Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP

communication protocols.

The standard format BMXNOC0402 network module occupies a single slot in the

rack of the Modicon M580 platform. This module should be installed in the main

Ethernet backplane rack.

Functions

The BMXNOC0402 module offers the following functions:

bModbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP protocols operating simultaneously

bRing topologies on 2 Ethernet ports using RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)

bPriority of Ethernet packets using QoS (Quality of Service) service

bAutomatic module conguration recovery using FDR (Fast Device Replacement)

service

bEmbedded Web server for application monitoring and module diagnostics

bSharing data between PLCs

bNetwork management using SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)

Description

The front panel of the BMXNOC0402 module features:

1 A screw for locking the module in a slot in the rack.

2 A display block with 5 LEDs:

vRUN LED (green): Operating status

vERR LED (red): Error detected

vMS LED (green/red): Module status

vNS LED (green/red): Network connection status

vETH STS LED (amber): Ethernet link status

3 Four RJ45 connectors for connection to the Ethernet network. The two bottom

connectors 3a support ring topologies (RSTP protocol).

Each RJ45 connector has two associated LEDs:

vLNK LED (yellow): Ethernet link established

vACT LED (green): Transmission/reception activity

Combination of Ethernet modules and BMEP58 CPU

It is possible to combine Ethernet modules with the Modicon M580 CPU in order to

increase its connectivity.

In this example, the two NOC EtherNet/IP, Modbus/TCP network modules 5 are

linked to the BMEP58●0●0 CPU module 4 by means of Ethernet Interlink cables 6.

Multiple combinations are possible:

4 BMEP581020 CPU

5 BMXNOC0402 EtherNet/IP, Modbus/TCP network module

6 Ethernet Interlink cable TCSECN3M3M1S4/1S4U

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03●1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

BMXNOC0402

Example of BMEP58 and NOC module combination:

BMEP581020/BMXNOC0402/BMXNOC0402

6

45

BMXNOC0402

1

2

3

3a

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

6

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/11

Presentation,

description

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Modicon X80 NRP EIO drop optical repeaters,

ConneXium managed switches

Modicon X80 EIO drop optical repeaters (1)(2)

Presentation

BMXNRP0200/0201 optical ber repeaters are an alternative to the use of

ConneXium managed dual ring switches (DRS), for optical ber communications

over long distances, in Ethernet I/O (EIO) systems.

When inserted in Modicon X80 RIO drops, BMXNRP0200/0201 optical ber

repeaters make it possible to:

bExtend the total distance of the EIO network, when EIO drops are located in

areas of the factory more than 100 m/328.084 ft away

bEnhance immunity to noise

bResolve difference of potential between distant sites

bNRP repeaters can be installed on the primary ring or on secondary rings. These

modules cannot, however, be used to connect secondary rings to the primary ring

bThe BMXNRP0200 repeater for multimode optical ber allows remote location up

to 2 km/1.243 mi.

The BMXNRP0201 repeater or single mode optical ber allows remote location up to

16 km/9.942 mi.

Depending on the conguration, the NRP repeater may be linked to the CRA adapter

of the drop where it is installed, via one or two Ethernet Interlink cables.

Description

1 Module reference

2 Display block indicating the module status

3 RJ45 Ethernet ports. Two LEDs, LNK and ACT, indicate the status of each port

4 Optical ber ports with SFP transceiver for LC type connector

ConneXium managed switches (3)

Presentation

There are three ConneXium managed DRS (Dual Ring Switch) models available

specically for EIO architectures. They are used in the following situations:

bFor remote racks located at a distance of more than 100 m/328.084 ft

bUse of optical ber media:

vFor remote racks located over long distances: 2 km/1.243 mi (multimode optical

ber) or 16 km/9.942 mi (single mode optical ber)

vIn environments subject to interference

vBetween sites with different earth equipotentiality

bArchitectures with combined EIO and Ethernet DIO devices

bImplementation of a secondary ring

ConneXium managed switches specic to the medium

ConneXium

managed switch

Copper port Multimode

optical ber port

Single mode

optical ber port

Distance

between

switches

RJ45 shielded

connectors

Duplex SC connectors

TCSESM083F23F1 1 : 8 x 10/100

BASE-TX ports

––100 m/

328.084 ft

TCSESM063F2CU1 3 : 6 x 10/100

BASE-TX ports

2 : 2 x 10/100

BASE-FX ports

–2 km/

1.243 mi

TCSESM063F2CS1 3 : 6 x 10/100

BASE-TX ports

–2 : 2 x 10/100

BASE-FX ports

16 km/

9.942 mi

Predened conguration les

For ease of implementation of the 3 switches described above, 15 predened

conguration les are available for building validated and tested architectures.

These conguration les are included, as standard, on the Unity Pro V8.0 DVD.

The parameters of the switch(es) present on the Ethernet network can then easily

be easily set with the chosen conguration using a PC equipped with a web browser

or Ethernet Switch Congurator software. The switch is congured immediately.

Ethernet Switch Congurator software is also available on the ConneXium

Resource CD-ROM.

(1) For additional characteristics, see our website www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) Requires Unity Pro Extra Large software u V8.0.

(3) The functions described are only available for the three ConneXium managed switches

mentioned on this page: (TCSESM083F23F1/063F2CU1/063F2CS1).

3

2

TCSESM063F2CU1

TCSESM063F2CS1

1

TCSESM083F23F1

BMXNRP020p

2

3

4

1

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/12

Architectures Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

Example of a complex architecture

Example of a complex architecture

The complex architecture below illustrates the extensive possibilities of the Modicon M580 offer:

bA choice between 7 BMEP58p0p0 CPUs 1

bEasy integration of the I/O network with supervisors in the control network, due to the BMXNOC0402 Ethernet module 2(1)

bOptimized wiring with RIO and DIO control via a single medium: the DIO are controlled via the CPU

bHigh availability of secondary rings with ConneXium managed switches 3

bLong distance optimized by the optical ber converter 4,directly in the Modicon X80 rack

bSimplied integration of devices via a serial link 5 (for example: measuring center, variable speed drive, motor starters, protection relays,

etc.). FTD/DTM technology makes it possible to congure and debug devices transparently via the Ethernet network, from any supervisor

bGreat exibility due to integration of DIO devices 6or other diagnostic/conguration tools on any drop SERVICE port or on the DIO port of a

managed switch

bEasy integration of Modicon X80 I/O drops on Ethernet with BMECRA31210 drop adapters 7

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03●1 modules during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

Example of a complex architecture

HMI

MES

(Manufacturing

Execution

System)

Modicon M580 main rack

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon X80

drop

Modicon X80

drop

Modicon X80

drop

Variable

speed

drive

Variable

speed drive

Energy

supervision

Supervision

Motor

starter

Instrumentation on

AS-I bus

HART

instrumentation

AS-Interface

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon X80

drop

Telefast ABE7

Motor starter

Motor protection

STB I/O island

Probus remote master

CANopen

Probus DP

Probus PA

ConneXium

managed

switch

(DRS)

ConneXium managed switch

(DRS)

Optical ber

IRIG-B/DCF77

Modicon Premium rack expansion

Redundant

system

servers

Unity Pro

X-bus

X-bus

1

2

3

5

7

77

7

4

3

4

6

Ethernet

7

7

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/13

Architectures Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

Example of an architecture

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

Example of an architecture for Food & Beverage applications

Control network

Modicon M580

main rack

Modicon M580

main rack

STB I/O island

Motor

protection

ConneXium

managed

switch (DRS)

Motor starter

on CANopen

Power meter

Power meter

Power meter for

energy management

on Modbus SL

Power meter for

energy management

on Modbus SL

Instrumentation on AS-I bus

connected on AS-I master

module embedded in

Modicon X80 Ethernet remote

drop

STB I/O

island

STB I/O island

Variable speed

drive

Variable

speed

drive

Control network

Modicon X80 remote drop

Modicon X80 remote drop

Ethernet

Ethernet

Example of an architecture: Food & Beverage application

Note: These architecture representations are conceptual network diagrams and do not represent actual wiring specications.

Probus

Remote

Master

Architecture with distributed equipment Architecture with remote equipment

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/14

Architectures Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

Example of an architecture

Example of an architecture for a Water application

HMI

Modicon M580

main rack

Remote

Terminal Unit

ConneXium

managed

switch (DRS)

HART

instrumentation

managed by HART

analog I/O modules

embedded

in the rack

Local HMI on Ethernet

SERVICE port of

BMECRA31210 module

Modbus SL

Power meter on Ethernet

SERVICE port of the

BMECRA31210 module

Variable

speed drive

Variable speed drive

Energy

supervision

Supervision

Control network

Modicon

X80 drop

Modicon X80

drop

Modicon

X80 drop

Ethernet

Probus Remote Master

Probus equipment

Hardwired

equipment

Probus PA

Probus DP

Example of an architecture: Water application

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/15

Example of an architecture: Water application

Architectures Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

Example of an architecture

Example of an architecture for a Hydro power application

Distributed equipment

connected to a ConneXium

managed switch (DRS)

mixed on Ethernet RIO main

ring

Modbus SL

Hardwired

equipment

Control network

Modicon M580

main rack

Modicon X80

remote drop

Modicon X80

long distance

remote drop on

optical ber

with embedded

NRP optical

ber modules

Ethernet

Example of an architecture: Hydro power application

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/16

Architectures Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

Example of an architecture

Example of an architecture for a Cement application

HMI

Distributed equipments on Ethernet

Probus equipment

Probus DP

Probus PA

iMCC

Ethernet

Control network

Modicon M580 main rack

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon X80 drop

Modicon X80 drop

Probus

Remote

Master

Local HMI on Ethernet

SERVICE port of BMECRA31210 module

Optical ber

Example of an architecture: Cement application

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/17

References Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

References (1)

Ethernet head and drop adapters (2)

Description SERVICE

port

Item

(3)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Modicon X80 EIO drop adapter

Provide 1 module per Modicon X80 EIO

drop

–1BMXCRA31200 0.200/

0.441

11BMXCRA31210 (4) 0.234/

0.516

11BMECRA31210 (4) 0.234/

0.516

Modicon X80 Ethernet RIO drop optical repeaters (2)

Description Optical ber Item

(3)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Modicon X80 Ethernet RIO

drop optical repeaters

multimode 2BMXNRP0200 0.203/

0.448

single mode 2BMXNRP0201 0.203/

0.448

Ethernet communication modules and cordsets (2)

Description Item

(3)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP

network module

3BMXNOC0402 (5) 0.200/

0.441

Ethernet Interlink cables

Length 1 m/3.281 ft

Standard

version

–TCSECN3M3M1S4 –

UL version –TCSECN3M3M1S4U –

Dedicated ConneXium managed switches (5)(6)

Copper port Multimode

optical ber

port

Single mode

optical ber

port

Item

(3)

Reference

(4)

Weight

kg/lb

RJ45 shielded

connectors

Duplex SC connectors

8 x 10/100

BASE-TX ports

–––TCSESM083F23F1 1.000/

2.205

6 x 10/100

BASE-TX ports

2 x 10/100

BASE-FX ports

–4TCSESM063F2CU1 1.000/

2.205

–2 x 10/100

BASE-FX ports

4TCSESM063F2CS1 1.000/

2.205

(1) For additional characteristics, see our website www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) Requires Unity Pro Extra Large software u V8.0 (see page 2/19).

(3) For items 5to 9, see pages 2/18 and 2/19.

(4) Conformal coating version for harsh environments. In this case, add the letter “C” to the end

of the reference.

(5) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03●1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

(6) ConneXium managed switches validated for Modicon M580 architectures.

Architecture A + architecture D

Ethernet

X-bus

5 1

1

7

9

8

9

EthernetOptical ber

CANopen

Architecture C + architecture D

6

5

3

4

1 2

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/18

References

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

References (continued) (1)

Modicon M580 processors

I/O capacity Maximum

number of

networks

Device

ports

SERVICE

port

Item

(2)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

1,024 discrete I/O

256 analog I/O

24 application-specic

channels

4 MB integrated

(memory program)

2 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 15BMEP581020 –

2,048 discrete I/O

512 analog I/O

32 application-specic

channels

8 MB integrated

(memory program)

2 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 15BMEP582020 –

2 RIO/DIO 15BMEP582040 –

3,072 discrete I/O

768 analog I/O

64 application-specic

channels

12 MB integrated

(memory program)

3 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 15BMEP583020 –

2 RIO/DIO 15BMEP583040 –

4,096 discrete I/O

1,024 analog I/O

64 application-specic

channels

16 MB integrated

(memory program)

4 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 15BMEP584020 –

2 RIO/DIO 15BMEP584040 –

Optical ber cable

Description Length

m/ft

Item

(2)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

62.5/125 μm multimode optical ber

cables

equipped with MT-RJ connectors

For interconnection of the Ethernet port on

the CPU or BMECRA adapter 1

3/9.843 6490NOR00003 –

5/16.404 6490NOR00005 –

Rack extension for Modicon X80 drop

Description Item

(2)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Modicon X80 rack expansion module

Standard module for mounting in each rack

(XBE slot) and allowing the interconnection

of 2 racks max.

7

BMXXBE1000

0.178/

0.392

Modicon X80 rack expansion kit

Complete kit for 2-rack conguration comprising:

- 2 BMXXBE1000 rack expansion modules

- 1 BMXXBC008K extension cordset, length 0.8 m/2.625 ft

- 1 TSXTLYEX line terminator (pack of 2)

7

8

9

BMXXBE2005

0.700/

1.543

(1) For additional characteristics, see our website www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) For items 1 to 4, see page 2/17.

EthernetOptical ber

CANopen

Architecture C + architecture D

6

4

5

3

1 2

Architecture A + architecture D

Ethernet

X-bus

5 1

1

7

9

8

9

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/19

References

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

I/O architectures

References (continued) (1)

Description Type of connector Length

m/ft

Item

(2)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

X-bus preformed extension

cordsets with two 9-pin SUB-D

connectors

Elbowed 0.8/2.625 8

BMXXBC008K

0.165/

0.364

1.5/4.921 8

BMXXBC015K

0.250/

0.551

3/9.843 8

BMXXBC030K

0.420/

0.926

5/16.404 8

BMXXBC050K

0.650/

1.433

12/39.370 8

BMXXBC120K

1.440/

3.175

Straight 1/3.281 8

TSXCBY010K

0.160/

0.353

3/9.843 8

TSXCBY030K

0.260/

0.573

5/16.404 8

TSXCBY050K

0.360/

0.794

12/39.370 8

TSXCBY120K

1,260/

2.778

18/59.055 8

TSXCBY180K

1,860/

4.101

28/91.864 8

TSXCBY280KT

(3)

2.860/

6.305

Description Use Length

m/ft

Item

(2)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Cable on reel

Cable with free ends, 2 line testers

To be tted with 2 TSXCBYK9

connectors

100/328.084 –

TSXCBY1000

12,320/

27.161

Description Use Sold in

lots of

Item

(2)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Line terminator

2 x 9-way SUB-D connectors

marked

A/ and /B

Required on the

2 BMpXBPppp0 modules

located at either end of the

daisy chain

29

TSXTLYEX

0.050/

0.110

Bus X straight connectors

2 x 9-way SUB-D connectors

For TSXCBY1000 cable ends 2–

TSXCBYK9

0.080/

0.176

Connector installation kit

2 crimping pliers,

1 pen (4)

Fitting TSXCBYK9

connectors

– –

TSXCBYACC10

–

Requirements for a Modicon M580 Ethernet I/O architecture (1)

The table below gives the minimum hardware and software requirements for setting up a Modicon M580 I/O

architecture.

Description of the hardware or software required Reference Version Item

(2)

Unity Pro Extra Large software UNISPUEFpCD80 u 8.0 –

Modicon X80 RIO drop adapter BMECRA31210 u 2.0 1

BMXCRA31200 u 2.0 1

BMXCRA31210 u 2.0 1

Modicon X80 NRP EIO drop optical repeaters BMXNRP0200 –2

BMXNRP0201 –2

ConneXium managed switches TCSESM083F23F1 Firmware u 6.0 4

TCSESM063F2CU1 Firmware u 6.0 4

TCSESM063F2CS1 Firmware u 6.0 4

M580 CPUs BMEP581020 Firmware u 1.0 5

BMEP582020 Firmware u 1.0 5

BMEP582040 Firmware u 1.0 5

BMEP583020 Firmware u 1.0 5

BMEP583040 Firmware u 1.0 5

BMEP584020 Firmware u 1.0 5

BMEP584040 Firmware u 1.0 5

(1) For additional characteristics, see our website www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) For items 1 to 4, see page 2/17; 5 to 7, see page 2/18.

(3) Cable supplied with a set of 2 TSXTVSY100 electrical transient suppressors.

(4) Installation of connectors on the cable also requires a wire stripper, a pair of scissors and a digital ohmmeter.

Processors:

page 1/18

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/20 2/20

Type of splitter box and module Monobloc IP 67 I/O splitter boxes Monobloc IP 20 distributed I/O Optimum IP 20 distributed I/O Modular IP 20 distributed I/O

Modicon ETB Modicon Momentum Modicon OTB Modicon STB

Available buses and

networks

Ethernet Modbus TCP/IP

EtherNet/IP

Ethernet Modbus TCP/IP

Modbus Plus

Fipio

InterBus

Probus DP

DeviceNet

Ethernet Modbus TCP/IP

CANopen

Modbus (RS 485)

Ethernet Modbus TCP/IP

EtherNet/IP

CANopen

Modbus Plus

Fipio

InterBus

Probus DP

DeviceNet

Max. number per connection point 1 I/O base with 1 CPU or 1 communication module 1 interface module + 7 Twido expansion modules 1 NIM (Network Interface Module) + 32 I/O modules

Discrete I/O Modularity Splitter box with 16 congurable I/O, 16 I, 12 I + 4 O, or 8 I + 8 O I/O base with 16 I, 32 I, 8 O, 16 O, 32 O, 10 I/8 O,

16 I/8 O, 16 I/12 O and 16 I/16 O

12 I/8 O (interface module)

8 I, 16 I, 32 I, 8 O, 16 O, 32 O, 4 I/4 O and 16 I/8 O

(expansion modules)

Module with 2 I, 4 I, 6 I, 16 I, 2 O, 4 O, 6 O or 16 O

Input voltage 24 V c24 V c, 120 V a and 230 V a24 V c24 V c, 115 V a and 230 V a

Output voltage 24 V c24 V c V, 120 V a and 230 V a and relay 24 V c and relay 24 V c, 115/230 V a and relay

Analog I/O –8 I, 16 I or 4 O voltage/current I/O bases

I/O base with 4 thermocouple or probe inputs

2 I, 4 I, 8 I, 1 O, 2 O, 2 I/1 O and 4 I/2 O

(expansion modules)

voltage/current, thermocouple or

temperature probe

Modules with 2, 4 or 8 inputs and 1 or 2 outputs

(voltage/current)

Module with 2 thermocouple or probe inputs

Application-specic I/O –10 kHz/200 kHz 2-channel counter sub-base Integrated in interface module:

- Two 5 kHz/20 kHz channels

- 2 PWM function channels

Counter module with one 40 kHz channel

HART multiplexer module

- 4 HART channels per HART multiplexer module

- Up to 8 HART multiplexer modules per island

–6 I/3 O 120 V a sub-base with 1 Modbus port –Parallel interface modules for TeSys Quickt and

TeSys U motor starters, integrated connection for

third-party CANopen products

I/O connection M12 connectors Screw or spring-type removable terminal blocks Removable screw terminal block (interface module)

Removable screw terminal block, non-removable

spring-type terminal block and HE 10 connector

(expansion modules)

Removable screw or spring-type connectors,

Telefast connectors

Type of housing Plastic Plastic

Type of module ETB1Eppp 170ApOTB1p0DM9LP STBppp

Pages Please consult the catalog pages on our website www.schneider-electric.com Please consult the catalog pages on our website www.schneider-electric.com

Modicon distributed I/O solutions

Selection guide

2/20 2/21

2/22

Presentation (1)

To meet the needs of machine manufacturers and users, automation architectures

have been decentralized while delivering performance close to that of centralized

systems.

Architectures based around islands installed as close to the machine as possible

reduce the time and cost of wiring for sensors and actuators, while increasing

system availability.

The Modicon STB distributed I/O solution is an open, modular input/output system

that makes it possible to design automation islands managed by a master controller

via a bus or communication network.

These islands can be used to connect:

bTeSys U or TeSys T starter-controllers

bAltivar variable speed drives

bFTB IP 67 distributed I/O

bOsiSense rotary encoders

bMagelis operator dialog terminals

bApproved third-party products via the CANopen bus: Bosch, Festo, Parker

solenoid valves, Balluff linear encoders, etc. (1)

Advantys software guides users through the design phase, start-up, and even

maintenance of the system. This single software package covers the Modicon STB,

OTB, FTB, and FTM ranges.

The island components are electronic modules mounted on one or more DIN rails.

These clusters of modules, known as segments, carry a bus from beginning to end of

each island. The island bus provides power distribution, signal sensing, and power

management to compatible modules, in the form of a wiring management system.

The Modicon STB I/O family is divided into 2 groups of modules:

bBasic modules: A complete set of low-cost modules, with simplied operating

modes

bStandard modules: An expanded offer of I/O modules, with additional functions:

Congurable parameters, expanded operating modes

The basic range comprises:

bPDM power distribution modules (24 V c and 115/230 V a)

bI/O modules:

vDiscrete I/O (24 V c)

vAnalog I/O (10-bit resolution)

The standard range comprises:

bNIM modules: network interfaces

bPDM power distribution modules (24 V c and 115/230 V a)

bI/O modules:

vDiscrete I/O (24 V c and 115/230 V a)

vAnalog I/O (10, 12 and 16-bit resolution)

vRelay outputs (24 V c coil and 24 V c contact or 115/230 V a)

bApplication module: Counter module, HART multiplexer module

bDedicated module: For TeSys U and TeSys Quickt applications

bEOS end of segment and BOS beginning of segment modules

bExternal equipment support module on CANopen expansion module

Standard and basic modules can be combined on the same island. Combining them

in this way allows a wide range of functions (1).

The sensors and actuators are connected to the I/O modules via removable screw or

spring-type terminals (2).

Standard Modicon STB I/O modules are hot-swappable, provided the network

interface modules are also standard type.

Modicon STB distributed I/O islands have a protection rating of IP 20. For

installations in production workshops, they must be housed in enclosures providing

at least IP 54 (complying to IEC 60950 or NEMA 250) (1).

(1) For further information, please consult our “Modicon STB IP 20 distributed I/O” catalog

available on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) For much easier wiring and to free up space in the electrical cabinet, Modicon STB

16-channel discrete I/O modules can be combined with Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired or

adapter blocks.

Presentation Modicon STB distributed I/O

solution

Open and modular system

Color code Type of module

NIM network interface

EOS/BOS island expansion

CANopen expansion

24 V c discrete inputs

24 V c supply distribution

24 V c discrete outputs

115 V a or 230 V a discrete current inputs

115/230 V a supply distribution

115/230 V a discrete current outputs

Discrete relay outputs

TeSys U and TeSys Quickt interface,

counter module

Analog inputs

Analog outputs

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

10

2/23

Description Modicon STB distributed I/O

solution

Open and modular system

Modicon STB modules (1)

The Modicon STB module references allow you to acquire the following items under

a single reference:

bA module

bIts base

bThe appropriate screw-type and/or spring-type connectors

The following table gives the contents of the Modicon STB modules and the

general form of their references (1).

Module Contents Reference (1)

NIM network interface Module, screw-type and spring-type

connectors (base not required), bus

terminator, documentation on mini

CD-ROM (2) (3)

STBNpppppp

Power distribution module

(PDM)

Base, module,

screw-type and spring-type connectors

STBpppppppK

Discrete I/O (except 16-channel)

Analog I/O

EOS and BOS island bus

expansion module

CANopen bus expansion

module

Auxiliary power supply

TeSys U and TeSys Quickt

interface

Discrete I/O 16-channel Base, module, screw-type connectors STBDDp37p5KS

Base, module, spring-type connectors STBDDp37p5KC

Module (4) STBDDp37p5

Counting Base, module, spring-type connectors STBEHC3020KC

(1) For further information, please consult our “Modicon STB IP 20 distributed I/O” catalog

available on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) DeviceNet STBNDNpppp NIM network interface module: order the 5-way screw and

spring-type removable terminals (eldbus connection) separately (1).

(3) An English language mini-CD-ROM containing the user documentation, a label template and

one exchange le per network type. The user documentation is also available on our website

www.schneider-electric.com.

(4) For use with the Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired or adapter system:

- STBXBA3000 base to be ordered separately (1)

- Telefast ABE 7 base and connection accessories to be ordered separately (1)

Base

Module

Screw-type

connectors

Spring-type

connectors

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2/24

Composition Modicon STB distributed I/O

solution

Open and modular system

Composition of a Modicon STB island (1)

A Modicon STB island is made up of one or more segments comprising PDMs

(Power Distribution Modules) and I/O modules.

The island begins with a NIM network interface module and ends with a bus

terminator supplied with the NIM.

An island can be made up of a single segment or a primary segment and up to

6 expansion segments.

The island’s segments are chained by EOS (End Of Segment) and BOS (Beginning

Of Segment) internal bus expansion modules.

On each segment:

bPlace the PDMs immediately to the right of the network interface modules or

expansion modules.

bPlace the I/O modules to the right of the PDM module supplying them

with power.

bEach module (with the exception of the NIM network interface module), is held

in a xing base on the DIN rail.

Three module and base widths are possible. On the DIN rail, the overall width

needed for a segment is the sum of widths of the network interface module, the

bases and any bus terminator.

The bases provide continuity of the internal bus, auto-addressing of the modules,

and separated and isolated distribution of the internal power supplies, actuators

(outputs) and sensors (inputs).

The advantages of this arrangement are:

bUnplugging modules:

vWhen switched off (cold swap), modules can be unplugged very quickly

vWhen switched on (hot swap), I/O modules can be unplugged provided the

network interface module is the standard type

bOutput power supply independent of inputs: For example, if an output power

supply is cut by a Preventa module, the inputs are still managed.

bImmunity of inputs: For example, the closing of power contactors (controlled by

outputs) does not disturb analog input measurements.

Network Interface Module (NIM):

This module manages communications on the island bus. It acts as a gateway for

exchanges with the eldbus or network master.

Various NIM network interface modules (only standard type) are available

for the following major eldbuses or industrial networks:

bEthernet Modbus TCP/IP: Single or double port Network Interface Modules

bEtherNet/IP, Modbus Plus and Fipio: Only standard type NIM network

interface modules

bCANopen, InterBus, Modbus Plus, Fipio, Probus DP and DeviceNet

(1) For further information, please consult our “Modicon STB IP 20 distributed I/O” catalog

available on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

10

2/25

Congurations Modicon STB distributed I/O

solution

Open and modular system

Control system conguration example (1)

NIM network interface modules STBNpp2p1p, located at the beginning of each

island, are gateways for exchanging data between the network or bus master PLC

and the Modicon STB automation island.

Standard NIM network interface modules STBNpp2p1p can be used to congure

and address the installation external devices. These settings are stored in the

module’s internal RAM or Flash memory. Optionally, they can be saved to the 32 KB

removable SIM card STBXMP4440 (except for the address of the network

connection point) to duplicate the conguration from one island to another.

The control system conguration in the above example comprises:

1 Modicon M580/M340/Premium/Quantum automation platform

2 24 V c external power supply

3 HMI terminal with Magelis XBT, XBT G, XBT GT, etc, type Modbus link (1)

4 Network Interface Module (NIM)

5 Power Distribution Module (PDM)

6 I/O modules

7 Second STB segment

8 Another control system

9 Parallel interface module for TeSys U and TeSys Quickt starter-controllers

10 Congurable Preventa XPS MC safety controller connected on the power supply

to the outputs of power distribution module STBPDTp100K

11 ATV 32 variable speed drive

12 Festo solenoid valves

13 Modicon FTB IP 67 I/O

14 Parker solenoid valves

15 TeSys U starter-controller

(1) For further information, please consult our “Modicon STB IP 20 distributed I/O” catalog

available on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

1

8

14911

6124

3

2

135

7

6

10

5

15

(1)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/1

Contents

Communication selection guide................................page 3/2

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

b Architecture ...........................................................................................page 3/6

b Industrial Ethernet communication services ......................................page 3/8

v Presentation ............................................................................................ page 3/8

v Functions................................................................................................. page 3/9

b Performance ........................................................................................page 3/14

b Embedded web pages .........................................................................page 3/20

b Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP network module.................................page 3/24

v Presentation, functions, description....................................................... page 3/24

v References ............................................................................................ page 3/25

Web servers and gateways selection guide .....................page 3/26

Other buses and networks

b Modbus Plus Proxy module................................................................page 3/28

v Presentation .......................................................................................... page 3/28

v References ............................................................................................ page 3/29

b Probus Remote Master module........................................................page 3/30

v Presentation .......................................................................................... page 3/30

v References ............................................................................................page 3/31

3 - Communication

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Selection guide Modicon M580 automation

platform

Communication, integrated ports and modules

Applications Ethernet communication Ethernet communication RTU communication

Type of device Processors with integrated

Modbus/TCP port

Ethernet modules RTU module

Network protocols EtherNet/IP and Modbus/TCP EtherNet/IP and Modbus/TCP Modbus/TCP, IEC 60870-5-104,

DNP3 (subset level 3)

Serial link, external modem link,

IEC 60870-5-101, DNP3 (subset level 3)

Structure Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (Modbus/TCP),

PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet) for

ADSL external modem link

Non-isolated RS 232/485 (serial link),

Non-isolated RS 232 (Radio, PSTN, GSM,

GPRS/3G external modem link)

Type of connector RJ45 Four RJ45 connectors (2 connectors for a ring topology) One RJ45 connector One RJ45 connector

Access method CSMA-CD CSMA-CD CSMA-CD (Modbus/TCP),

Master/slave (IEC 104/DNP3)

Master/slave (IEC 101/DNP3)

Data rate 10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps (Modbus/TCP) 0.3…38.4 Kbps (serial link)

Medium Double twisted pair copper cable, category CAT 5E

Optical ber via ConneXium cabling system

Double twisted pair copper cable, category CAT 5E, optical ber via ConneXium cabling system Double shielded twisted pair copper cable,

Crossover serial cable (serial link),

Direct serial cable (external modem link)

Conguration Maximum number of devices –128 (EtherNet/IP or Modbus/TCP) 128 (Modbus/TCP),

64 slaves/servers (IEC 104/DNP3)

32 max.

Max. length

100 m/328.08 ft (copper cable), 4,000 m/13,123.32 ft (multimode optical ber),

32,500 m/106,627 ft (singlemode optical ber) (1)

100 m/328.08 ft (copper cable), 4,000 m/13,123.32 ft (multimode optical ber),

32,500 m/106,627 ft (singlemode optical ber)

1,000 m/3,280.83 ft (serial link with insulating

case)

Number of modules of the same type

per station

1Up to 4 Ethernet modules per station depending on

processor

2 RTU modules per station with any BMEP58

processor

Depending on application-specic channels

(20/36 application-specic channels with

BMEP58p0p0)

Standard services Modbus/TCP messaging and EtherNet/IP services EtherNet/IP and Modbus/TCP messaging Modbus/TCP messaging Reading/writing discrete and analog I/O, counters

Transparent Ready conformity class – – C30 –

Embedded Web

server services

Standard services Status Summary, Performance, Port Statistics, I/O Scanner, Quality of Service (QoS),

Messaging, Network Time Service, Redundancy, and Alarm Viewer

Status Summary, Performance, Port Statistics, I/O Scanner, Quality of Service (QoS), Network Time Service,

Messaging

–

Advanced services – – Hosting and display of user Web pages –

Transparent Ready

communication

services

I/O Scanning service –Yes –

Global Data service – – –

NTP time synchronization Yes –Yes

FDR service Yes (server) Yes (server) Yes (client) –

SMTP e-mail notication service – – Ye s –

SOAP/XML Web service – – Server –

SNMP network management service Yes Yes Yes (agent) –

RSTP redundancy service Yes Yes –

QoS (Quality of Service) service Yes Yes –

RTU communication

services

IEC 60870-5-104,

DNP3 IP or

IEC 60870-5-101,

DNP3 serial

Master or Slave conguration – – Yes, IEC101/104 and DNP3

Time and date stamped data exchange – – Interrogation via polling and exchanges on change of status (RBE), unsolicited messaging

RTU time synchronization – – Yes, IEC101/104 and DNP3

Management and buffering of time

and date stamped events

– – Yes, IEC101/104 and DNP3

Automatic transfer of time and date

stamped events to the Master/SCADA

– – Yes, IEC101/104 and DNP3

Buffer holding 10,000 events (per connected client, 4 clients max.)

Data Logging service – – Yes, on SD 128 MB memory card, in CSV les, access via FTP or sent by e-mail

Compatibility with processor –All Modicon M580 processors

Processor or module

references depending

on other type of

integrated port (2)

None BMXNOC0402

Serial link BMXNOR0200H

Ethernet Modbus/TCP BMXNOR0200H

CANopen

DIO service BMEP58p020

DIO and RIO services BMEP58p040

Page 1/23 3/25 Please consult the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalog available on our website www.schneider-electric.com

(1) Fiber requires use of other products (for example, an Ethernet switch or the BMXNRP020p module) to convert from the twisted pair connectors (RJ45) that these

products have.

(2) CANopen can be used, but it is necessary to use Modicon STB I/Os. Please consult the “IP 20 distributed inputs/outputs - Modicon STB” catalog available on our

website www.schneider-electric.com.

3 33 3

3/2 3/23/2 3/3

Selection guide (continued) Modicon M580 automation

platform

Communication, integrated ports and modules

Applications AS-Interface

communication

Serial link communication Modbus Plus communication Probus DP and Probus PA communication

Type of device AS-Interface

actuator/sensor bus module

2-channel serial link

module

Modbus Plus proxy module (external) Probus Remote Master (PRM) module (external)

Network protocols AS-Interface Modbus and Character mode Ethernet Modbus/TCP Modbus Plus Ethernet Modbus/TCP Probus DP V1

Probus PA (via gateway)

Structure Physical interface AS-Interface V3 standard Non-isolated RS 232, 8-wire

Isolated RS 485, 2-wire

10/100BASE-T Modbus Plus standard 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Isolated RS 485

Type of connector 3-way SUB-D 2 RJ45 and 1 RJ45 Two RJ45 connectors Two 9-way female SUB-D connectors Two RJ45 connectors (supporting

daisy chain topology)

One 9-way female SUB-D connector

Access method Master/slave CSMA-CD Token ring CSMA-CD Master/slave

Data rate 167 Kbps 0.3...115.2 Kbps in RS 232

0.3...57.6 Kbps in RS 485

10/100 Mbps 1 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 9.6 Kbps...12 Mbps

Medium Two-wire AS-Interface cable Shielded twisted pair copper cable Double shielded twisted pair copper

cable, category CAT 5E (direct or

crossover)

Twisted pair copper cable Double shielded twisted pair copper

cable, category CAT 5E (direct or

crossover)

Shielded twisted pair copper cable

Conguration Maximum number of devices 62 slaves 2 per drop, 16 per Ethernet remote I/O (RIO)

network max.

128 32 per segment

64 for all segments

Several PRMs can be connected to the

Ethernet port on the M580, M340,

Premium or Quantum PLC, as long as

the I/O Scanner capacity is not

exceeded

125 slaves

Max. length 100 m/328.08 ft,

500 m/1,640.42 ft max. with 2 repeaters

15 m/48.21 ft with non-isolated RS 232,

1,000 m/3,280.83 ft with non-isolated RS 485

100 m/328.08 ft 450 m/1,476.37 ft per segment

1,800 m/5,905.49 ft with 3 repeaters

100 m/328.08 ft (copper) 1,200 m/3,936.99 ft (9.6 Kbps),

4,800 m/15,747 ft with 3 repeaters,

100 m/328.08 ft (12 Mbps),

400 m/1,312.33 ft with 3 repeaters

Number of links of the same type per

station

All M580 processors:

4 AS-Interface modules

All M580 processors:

36 application-specic channels

(1 application-specic channel = 1 counter,

motion control module or serial link channel)

1 max. –

BMECRA31210 Ethernet drop adapter:

2 AS-Interface modules

36 application specic channels max.

2BMXNOM0200 modules per BMECRA31210

Ethernet drop adapter

– –

Standard services Transparent exchanges with the sensors/

actuators

Read/write bits and words, diagnostics in

Modbus mode

Send and receive character string in Character

mode

Modbus/TCP messaging Modbus Plus messaging Modbus/TCP messaging Cyclic and acyclic data exchange with

slaves

Transparent Ready Class A20 Class 1 and Class 2

Conformity class M4 prole – – – –

Embedded Web server

service

Standard service – – Conguration, diagnostics –

Advanced services – – – –

Communication services – – Modbus Plus server (scanned by the

PLC)

Reading/writing variables Modbus server (scanned by the PLC) Master/slave communication

– – FDR service Global database FDR service Global Control service

– – SNMP agent network management

service

Peer Cop service SNMP agent network management

service

Acyclic communication (read/write) in

Class 1 and Class 2

– – –––Support for extended diagnostics

– – –––Auto-scanning service of slaves on the

bus

24 V c external power supply – – 19.2…31.2 V 18…30 V

Type of processor or

module depending

on other integrated

port

None BMXEIA0100 TCSEGDB23F24FA TCSEGPA23F14F

Serial link BMXNOM0200

Ethernet Modbus/TCP

CANopen

Page Please consult the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalog available on our website

www.schneider-electric.com

3/29 3/31

3 33 3

3/3 3/33/4 3/5

3/6

Premium

Architecture Modicon M580 automation

platform 0

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

Logical communication architecture

Logical communication architecture

Company

Enterprise

Factory

Workshop

MES: Manufacturing Execution System (production management system)

ERP: Enterprise Resource Planning (integrated management software packages)

IHM/SCADA: Human/Machine Interface and Supervision Control And Data Acquisition

Gateway: Gateway to sensor/actuator bus, to installed base network, eldbus, etc.

INPUT

OUTPUT

+

–

INPUT

OUTPUT

+

–

A

B

A

B

Collaborative

Automation

Partner Program

Internet

Site 1

Site 2

Site 3

MES ERP

Unix Windows Linux

HMI + SCADA

Industrial PC

M580 M580

Modicon M340

M580

Momentum M1E

Robot

Variable speed

drive

Modicon STB I/O

Workshop 2

Workshop 1

Distributed I/O

Gateway

PLC

HMI

Premium

Intranet

Ethernet Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

Premium

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/7

Architecture (continued) Modicon M580 automation

platform 0

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

Physical communication architecture

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

Physical communication architecture

(1) As a general rule, dening several collision domains can increase the size of the architecture and improve performance (see pages 8/2 to 8/7).

INPUT

OUTPUT

+

–

INPUT

OUTPUT

+

–

A

B

A

B

Collaborative

Automation

Partner Program

Public telecommunications

network, ADSL

Site 1

210 m/

688.97 ft

max.

Switch

100 m/

328.08 ft

max.

Switch Redundant ber optic ring ERP

MES

Specialized link

Frame Relay

ATM

Switches (VLAN)

or routers

Switch

100 m/

328.08 ft

max.

3,100 m/

10,170.57 ft

max.

Collision domain 2

Switch

Switch

Site 3

Router

Site 2

Router

WAN

Provider

Router Firewall

Quantum Modicon M580

Premium

Modicon M340

Modicon M340

Switch Switch

Collision domain 3 (1)

AS-Interface bus

Altivar 71

Momentum

M1E

Transceiver

Magelis iPC

Vijeo Designer

Third-party device

Gateway

Modicon STB

Switch

Switch

RAS

100BASE-FX

Collision domain 1

Full Duplex Half Duplex

100BASE-TX

Optical

bers

Internet

Provider

Robot

100 m/

328.08 ft

max.

100 m/

328.08 ft

max.

100 m/

328.08 ft max.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/8

Presentation

Presentation

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures provide transparent communication services to

the entire operation through the implementation of standard, unmodied Ethernet

protocols and services.

Transport

Network

Data link

physical

Modbus

Modbus/TCP

HTTP

Web pages

TCP

IGRP

QoS

SMTP

E-mail

CIP

EtherNet/IP

SNMP

Diagnostoics

UDP

IGMP

RSTP

ICMP

IEEE 802.3 AND Ethernet

IP

TFTP

DHCP

FDR

In addition to the typical Ethernet services (HTTP, BOOTP, DHCP, etc.) Ethernet

communication modules are equipped with automation-specic services, such as:

b Device scanning using Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP

b Messaging using Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP

b Automatic replacement device conguration using FDR (Fast Device replacement)

b Extensive diagnostics through SNMP

b Clock synchronization using NTP

b E-mail alarm notication via SMTP

b Packet prioritization using QoS

b Ring topology redundancy through RSTP

Note: The above services may not be offered in all devices. Please refer to the Selection Guide

and Reference pages for a comprehensive list of the services offered by each device.

Modicon M580 automation

platform

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

Industrial Ethernet communication services

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/9

Functions

Functions

Ethernet basic services

HTTP (RFC 1945)

HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol) is used to transmit Web pages between a

server and a browser. HTTP has been used on the Web since 1990. Web servers

embedded in Schneider Electric automation products provide easy access to

information and diagnostics from anywhere in the network.

BOOTP/DHCP (RFC1531)

BOOTP/DHCP is used to provide devices with IP parameters automatically. This

avoids having to manage each device address individually by transferring this

management to a dedicated IP address server.

The DHCP protocol (Dynamic Host Conguration Protocol) is used to assign

conguration parameters to devices automatically. DHCP is an extension of BOOTP.

Schneider Electric devices can be:

bBOOTP clients, allowing the IP address to be retrieved automatically from a

server, or

bBOOTP servers, allowing the device to distribute IP addresses to the network

stations.

FTP (File Transfer Protocol) & TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) (RFCs 959, 2228, and

2640)

File Transfer Protocols such as FTP and TFTP provide the basic elements for le

sharing. In an automation device, FTP or TFTP are often used to deliver rmware

updates.

NTP (Network Time Protocol) (RFC 1305)

NTP (Network Time Protocol) is used to synchronize the time of a client device from

a time server.

SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) (RFC 0821)

SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) is an e-mail transmission service. It is used to

send e-mail between a sender and a recipient via an SMTP email server.

SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) (RFCs 1155, 1156, and 1157)

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an Internet protocol used to

manage IP based network devices. SNMP is used to:

Monitor network components, such as computer workstations, routers, switches,

bridges, and end devices to view their status.

Obtain statistics about the network, such as bandwidth utilization and detected

errors on the network.

Change information in the device SNMP database, such as when to report a high

temperature condition.

SNMP is comprised of a network manager (usually running on a computer) and

agents (running on the network devices). Network Management Systems (NMS) are

software applications used to manage SNMP managed devices.

QoS (Quality of Service) (RFC 2474)

QoS provides the ability to mark, or “tag”, packets of a specic type or origin so that

in a congested network, the switches will give higher priority to the most important

packets.

RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)

RSTP has been implemented in Schneider Electric automation products to allow

multi-port devices to be connected in ring congurations. It helps prevent the

formation of broadcast storms and monitors the state of the ring.

Should a link in the ring become disconnected, the protocol routes packets in a

different direction to help ensure continuity of service.

Schneider Electric offers a Network Management software application tailored for

the industrial control environment. ConneXium Network Manager has been

developed with Automation and Controls professionals in mind. ConneXium

Network Manager provides a window in network equipment operation to help

improve plant productivity. The software can be used to:

bDiscover network devices and generate a network map

bSet network performance thresholds and alerts for detected errors to help avoid

downtime

bManage ports (multiple ports at once)

bBaseline network performance

bDocument the network

bGenerate a report to send to technical support

bInterface to SCADA via the built-in OPC server

The software is compatible with third-party as well as Schneider Electric network

devices.

Modicon M580 automation

platform

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

Industrial Ethernet communication services

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/10

Modicon M580 automation

platform

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

Industrial Ethernet communication services

Functions (continued)

Modbus standard communication protocol

Modbus, the industry communication standard since 1979, has been combined with

Ethernet Modbus/TCP, the medium for the Internet revolution, to form Modbus/TCP,

a completely open Ethernet protocol. The development of a connection to Modbus/

TCP does not require any proprietary component, nor purchase of a license.

This protocol can easily be combined with any product supporting a standard TCP/IP

communication stack. The specications can be obtained free of charge from the

following website: www.modbus.org.

Modbus/TCP, simple and open

The Modbus application layer is very simple and universally familiar with its 9 million

installed connections. Thousands of manufacturers have already implemented this

protocol. Many have already developed a Modbus/TCP connection and numerous

products are presently available.

The simplicity of Modbus/TCP enables any eld device, such as an I/O module, to

communicate on Ethernet without the need for a powerful microprocessor or a lot of

internal memory.

Modbus/TCP, high-performance

Due to the simplicity of its protocol and the fast speed of 100 Mbps Ethernet,

Modbus/TCP performance is excellent. This allows this type of network to be used in

real-time applications such as I/O scanning.

Modbus/TCP, a standard

The application protocol is identical on Modbus serial link, Modbus Plus, or Modbus/

TCP. This means that messages can be routed from one network to the other without

converting protocol.

Since Modbus is implemented on top of the TCP/IP layer, users can also benet from

IP routing, enabling devices located anywhere in the world to communicate without

worrying about the distance between them.

Schneider Electric offers a complete range of gateways for interconnecting a

Modbus/TCP network to existing Modbus Plus or Modbus serial link networks.

The IANA organization (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) has allocated the

xed, well-known port 502 to the Modbus protocol. Thus Modbus has become an

Internet standard.

Modbus and Modbus/TCP are recognized by the IEC/EN 61158 international

standard as a eldbus. They are also compliant with the “Chinese National Standard”

managed by ITEI.

Interfacing CANopen with Modbus/TCP

CiA DSP 309-2 provides standardized mapping of CANopen data for transport on

Ethernet Modbus/TCP networks. The specication reserves Modbus function code

43/13 for this purpose. This function code is reserved exclusively for CANopen.

Modbus TCP/IP characteristics

Maximum size of data:

b Read: 125 words or registers

b Write: 100 words or registers

Functions (continued)

Modbus/TCP function codes dec hex

Bit

access

Read n input bits 02 02

Read n output bits 01 01

Read exception status 07 07

Write 1 output bit 05 05

Write n output bits 15 0F

Read 1 input word 04 04

Read n input words 03 03

Write 1 output word 06 06

Write n output words 16 10

Read device ID 43/14 2B/0E

Examples of Modbus/TCP function codes for accessing data

and diagnostics

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/11

Functions (continued) Modicon M580 automation

platform

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

Industrial Ethernet communication services

Functions (continued)

EtherNet/IP standard communication protocol

EtherNet/IP is an industrial communications protocol based on the Common

Industrial Protocol (CIP) which is owned and managed by the ODVA, an

international, independent standards organization (www.odva.org).

Standard, unmodied Ethernet

Schneider Electric added EtherNet/IP as a core network in 2007. EtherNet/IP is very

similar to Modbus TCP in many aspects. In particular, it shares the same principles

of standardization and interoperability. EtherNet/IP operates on the same equipment

and infrastructure as Modbus TCP, and both protocols can operate simultaneously

on the network at any time.

Advanced services and high performance

EtherNet/IP is built on an object-based model. Data in each EtherNet/IP device is

grouped in objects, and each device may have different types of object, depending

on the purpose of the device.

EtherNet/IP objects

The Ethernet modules implement the standard set of objects prescribed by the

ODVA. The most common objects are listed below:

Communication Identity Object (01hex)

Message Router Object (02hex)

Assembly Object (04hex)

Connection Object (05hex)

Connection Conguration Object (F3hex)

Connection Manager Object (06hex)

Modbus Object (44hex)

EtherNet/IP Network QoS Object (48hex)

Port Object (F4hex)

TCP/IP Interface Object (F5hex)

Ethernet Link Object (F6hex)

Diagnostics EtherNet/IP Interface Diagnostic Object (350hex)

EtherNet/IP IO Scanner Diagnostic Object (351hex)

IO Connection Diagnostic Object (352hex)

EtherNet/IP Explicit Connection Diagnostic Object (353hex)

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/12

Functions (continued)

I/O Scanning service

The I/O Scanning Service is used to manage the exchange of remote I/O states on

the Ethernet network after simple conguration, without the need for any special

programming.

I/O scanning is performed transparently by means of read/write requests according

to the Modbus client/server protocol on the TCP/IP prole.

This principle of scanning via a standard protocol enables communication with any

device supporting Modbus TCP messaging in server mode.

This service can be used to dene:

bA %MW word zone reserved for reading inputs

bA %MW word zone reserved for writing outputs

bRefresh periods independent of the PLC scan

During operation, the module:

bManages TCP/IP connections with each remote device

bScans devices and copies the I/O to the congured %MW word zone

bFeeds back status words used to check that the service is working correctly from

the PLC application.

bApplies pre-congured fallback values if a communication error is detected

A range of hardware and software products is available enabling the I/O Scanning

protocol to be implemented on any type of device that can be connected to the

Ethernet network.

Characteristics

bUnder Unity Pro software, each station can exchange a maximum of:

v120 write words

v125 read words

bMaximum size in the PLC managing the service:

v1 Kword %MW in inputs and 1 Kword %MW in outputs with manager PLC limited

to 64 stations

v2 or 4 Kwords %MW in inputs and 2 or 4 Kwords %MW in outputs with manager

PLC limited to 128 stations

I/O Scanning service diagnostics

I/O Scanning service diagnostics can be performed in one of ve ways:

bVia the application program from a specic PLC data zone

bFrom the setup software debug screen

bFrom the PLC system diagnostic function displayed by means of an Internet

browser on a PC station

bUsing standard SNMP network management software

INPUT

OUTPUT

+

–

INPUT

OUTPUT

+

–

A

B

A

B

Word table

Read Write

Ethernet

Modbus/TCP

Device

input words/

output words

Modicon M580 automation

platform

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

Ethernet Modbus/TCP communication services

Functions (continued)

Modicon Premium,

M580 or Quantum

platform with

I/O Scanner

function

(Transparent

Ready class p30)

Device with

Modbus/TCP

messaging in

server mode

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/13

Modicon M580 automation

platform

PlantStruxure Ethernet architectures

Ethernet Modbus/TCP communication services

Functions (continued)

Functions (continued)

FDR (Fast Device Replacement) service

The Fast Device Replacement service uses standard address management

technologies (BOOTP, DHCP) and the TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) le

management service, with the aim of simplifying maintenance of Ethernet devices.

It is used to replace a device with a new device that will be detected, recongured,

and automatically restarted by the system.

The main steps in replacement are:

1 The device to be replaced is identied.

2 Another similar device is taken from the maintenance store, precongured with

the Device name for the existing device, then reinstalled on the network.

Depending on the device, addressing can be performed using rotary selector

switches (as for Modicon STB distributed I/O or Modicon OTB for example) or can

be given using the keypad integrated in the device (as for Altivar variable speed

drives for example).

3The FDR server detects the new device, allocates it an IP address, and transfers

the conguration parameters to it.

4The replacement device checks that all these parameters are indeed compatible

with its own characteristics and switches to operational mode.

The FDR server can be:

v A Modicon M340 Ethernet network module, BMXNOC0401

v A Modicon M580 Ethernet network module, BMXNOC0402 (1)

v A Modicon Premium Ethernet module, TSXETC101

v A Modicon Quantum PLC Ethernet module, 140NOC77101, 140NOC78000,

140NOC78100

v A Modicon Premium CPU with integrated Ethernet port, TSXP57ppppM

v A Modicon Quantum CPU with integrated Ethernet port, 140CPU65150/60,

140CPU65260

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

FDR client device example

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/14

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Ethernet Modbus/TCP network

Performance

Selecting the communication architecture

When selecting an architecture, performance needs to be taken into account at the

earliest possible stage. To do this, developers need to:

1Determine the precise requirements:

v quantity and type of devices to be interconnected

v volume and type of exchanges

v expected response times

v environment

2Compare the requirements with the characteristics of the offers available and be

aware that the actual performance level between any 2 points in an architecture

depends on the weakest link in the chain, which can be:

v dependent on the hardware

v but also dependent on the applications (size, architecture, operating system,

machine power rating, etc.), which are often only vaguely dened at this stage of the

project

3Decide which is the most suitable architecture

The purpose of the next few pages is to provide the main information and

instructions needed to answer the second point. Given that the performance of an

Ethernet architecture is linked to several parameters, these pages do not supply all

the information needed to calculate the network performance. Their aim is to focus

on the following main aspects:

b Guidelines for calculating the network load so as to design an Ethernet

network that meets the application requirements

b Application response time to be obtained depending on the conguration used

(see pages 3/15 to 3/17)

b Processing capability of Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Modicon Premium,

and Modicon Quantum platforms so as to be able to select the CPU and dene the

number of Ethernet connections required on the PLC depending on the application

(see pages 3/18 and 3/19)

Calculating the network load

Introduction

When calculating the load on an Ethernet network, all the communication services of

all the peripheral devices connected to the network need to be calculated.

Because of the outstanding performance of the Ethernet network, the load is often

less than the Ethernet network limits and does not signicantly affect the application

response time. This phenomenon is explained by the high speed of the Ethernet

network: the network transaction time is 10% less than the application response

time. In order to keep the network load low and avoid large theoretical calculations,

it is highly advisable to separate the collision domain so as to limit the network load,

using only the switched network (tree, star, or daisy-chain topology).

Performance

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/15

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Ethernet Modbus/TCP network

Performance

Application response time

Modbus (or Uni-TE) messaging service response time

Exchanges between the PLC CPU and the Ethernet module are synchronous with

the PLC scan cycle time (CT), just like the I/O exchanges. When an event occurs

(such as an input being set to 1 for example), a message can be transmitted only

after this input has been taken into account (start of the next cycle) and the PLC

(Modicon M340, Modicon Premium, or Modicon Quantum) program has been

executed, i.e. on average approximately 1.5 cycles after the event occurred.

The network access time (NAT) shown in the table below in ms is a total of the

module transit time and the delay before the message can be transmitted on the

network.

Processing

Modbus TCP/IP

message

requests

Modicon M580 BMEP58 Modicon M580 BMX Modicon M340 BMX Modicon Premium TSX Modicon Quantum 140

1020

2020

2040

3020

3040

4020

4040

NOC0402 (1) NOC0401 P342020

P342030

ETY210

ETY110WS

ETC101

WMY100

P5710...57 60

NOC77101/78ppp

CPU113/311pp

CPU434/5341p

CPU65ppp

CPU67ppp

NOC77101

NOC78p00

Network

access time

(NAT)

< 10 ms < 10 ms < 10 ms < 10 ms < 10 ms < 25 ms < 10 ms < 10 ms < 10 ms

The transaction time TT includes the delay between the transmission of a message

from a client (station 1), its reception by the server (station 2), processing the

request, sending back the response, and it being taken into account by the station 1

(updating an output for example).

As the block diagram above shows:

b The transaction time TT will be between:

2x CT1 + 2 x NAT < TT < 4 x CT1 + CT2 + 2 x NAT

b The average duration TTav is equivalent to:

TTav = 3 x CT1 + 0.5 x CT2 + 2 x NAT

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

Performance (continued)

Modbus messaging service response time

Station 1

Event

CT1

NAT NAT

CT2 CT2 Station 2

Report

TT

CT1 CT1 CT1

Action

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/16

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Ethernet Modbus/TCP network

Performance

Application response time (continued)

I/O Scanning service response time

The response time RT includes the time between taking account of information from

a remote input and updating the state of a remote output. It includes the processing

time in the PLC.

This response time RT consists of the following parameters:

v TMod In and TMod Out: Response time of the read/written device, excluding the

electrical transition time at the input/output (TMod depends on the device, usually

between 1 and 8 ms)

v TIOS In and TIOS Out: Time between 2 read/write operations on the same device

(0.3 ms x number of devices scanned), at least equivalent to the congured scan

time

As TIOS is executed in parallel with the PLC cycle, it can be hidden from the

viewpoint of the response time RT.

v Cycle T: PLC scan cycle time

v TNet: Propagation time on the network (depends on the application, but usually

TNet = 0.05 ms at 10 Mbps and 0.005 ms at 100 Mbps)

The response time RT can be estimated using the following 3 formulae:

b RTmin, minimum response time with TIOS hidden and 1 PLC scan cycle:

b RTtypic, typical response time with 0.5 TIOS hidden:

b RTmax, maximum response time with TIOS not hidden:

RTmin = (TMod In + 0) x TIOS In + (Tnet + N) x cycle T + (0 x TIOS Out) + Tnet + TMod Out

RTtypic =

(TMod In + 0.5) x TIOS In + (Tnet + N) x cycle T + (0.5 x TIOS Out) + Tnet + TMod Out

RTmax = TMod In + TIOS In + (Tnet + N) x T cycle + TIOS Out + Tnet + TMod Out

Performance (continued)

I/O Scanning service response time

Device 1

Device 2

Manager

Hub

Input

Output

CT

RT

Ethernet Modbus/TCP

Response time (RT)

Input

Output

TMod In

TMod Out

TIOS In

TNet

N x Cycle T TIOS Out

TNet

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/17

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Ethernet Modbus/TCP network

Performance

Application response time (continued)

I/O Scanning service response time (continued)

Below are the TMod In and TMod Out response times:

Type of distributed I/O Response time Min. Typical Max.

Momentum 170ENT11002 TMod In 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms

TMod Out 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms

Momentum 170ENT11001 TMod In 4 ms 6 ms 8 ms

TMod Out 4 ms 6 ms 8 ms

Advantys STB STBNIP2212 TMod In 2 ms 3 ms 4 ms

TMod Out 2 ms 3 ms 4 ms

The TIOS In/TIOS Out times measured between 2 scan cycles (Ethernet network

with switches) are shown below:

The number N of CPU scan cycles is shown below:

Number of CPU cycles N Min. Typical Max.

Modicon M340 platform with BMXNOC0401 module 2 2.5 3

Modicon M580 platform with BMXNOC0402 module (1)

Premium platform with TSXETY4103 and TSXETY5103

modules

Quantum platform with 140NOE77101 and 140NOE77111

modules

Quantum platform with 140NOC77101 and 140NOC78p00

modules

Modicon M580 platform with BMEP58pppp modules

Modicon M340 BMXP342020/2030 CPUs

Premium TSXP5726/3634M,TSXP5726/2823M and

TSXP5736/4823AM CPUs

Premium TSXP5746/56/6634M CPUs 112

Quantum 140CPU65150/60 CPUs

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

Performance (continued)

0

5

10

15

20

25

1 5 10 20 30 40 50 60

Number of devices scanned

Time (ms)

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/18

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Ethernet Modbus/TCP network

Performance

Processing capacities of Modicon platforms

Processing capacity

Use the table below to compare, for each station, the total number of messages

received via the Modbus (or Uni-TE) messaging service if used (value R1, R2, or Ri)

with the capacity of the station CPU.

Processing of Modbus requests per PLC scan cycle:

Modicon M340, Modicon Premium/Atrium platforms Messages received

Total messages received by the

PLC from all the communication

modules (1)

TSX5710 4 messages/cycle

BMXP3420/TSX5720 8 messages/cycle

TSX5730 12 messages/cycle

TSX5740 16 messages/cycle

TSX5750/60 (2) 16/20 messages/cycle

Modicon

Quantum

platform

Integrated port limitations Communication module

limitations

Ethernet

modules

per PLC

All types of

communica-

tion request

Additional

read/write 4x

registers

All types of

communica-

tion request

Additional

read/write 4x

registers

140CPU113 (3) ––1 message/

cycle

4 messages/

cycle

Up to 2

140CPU311 ––1 message/

cycle

4 messages/

cycle

Up to 2

140CPU434/534 ––4 messages/

cycle

8 messages/

cycle

Up to 6

140CPU651 16 messages/

cycle

16 messages/

cycle

4 messages/

cycle

8 messages/

cycle

Up to 6

Messages/cycle: number of messages received per cycle from the PLC master task (typical

cycle of 50 to 100 ms)

Example:

Quantum 140CPU43412p CPU with 4 Ethernet 140NOE771p1 modules:

- 20 messages/cycle for all types of communication request, and

- 32 messages/cycle for the read/write 4x registers

Ethernet transaction processing capacity

For each station, compare the total number of messages received S[values Ri, Rj]

and the total number of messages transmitted S [values Ei, Ej] (for station N, for

example) with the Ethernet transaction processing capacity shown below.

Use the elements below for the Ethernet connection per PLC, rather than the

number of transactions required by the application.

Ethernet

transaction

processing

capacity

Modicon M340 BMX Modicon Premium TSX Modicon Quantum 140

NOC0401 P342020

P342030

ETY210

ETY110WS

ETC101

WMY100

P5710/20/30/40

P5750

P5760

NOC77101

/78ppp

NWM10000

CPU65ppp

CPU67ppp

Modbus

messaging

500 transactions/s 500 transactions/s 60 transactions/s 450

transactions/s

500

transactions/s

350

transactions/s

350

transactions/s

I/O Scanning

service

2000

transactions/s

Server mode (5) Service not

available

2000

transactions/s (6)

2000

transactions/s

2000

transactions/s (6)

2000

transactions/s

Global Data

subscription

800 Service not

available

Service not

available

800

(6)

800 800

(6)

800

__________________________________________________________________

(1) A temporary overload, due for example to an adjustment terminal or the temporary

connection of an Internet browser, lasting for a few PLC scans, is permitted.

(2) Only with Unity Pro software.

(3) Only with Concept/ProWORX software.

(4) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

(5) BMXP3420p0 CPUs with Modbus TCP messaging in server mode can be scanned by a

device with the I/O Scanning service.

(6) TSXWMY100 and 140NWM10000 modules do not have I/O Scanning and Global Data

services.

Performance (continued)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/19

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Ethernet Modbus/TCP network

Performance

Processing capacities of Modicon platforms (continued)

Number of simultaneous TCP/IP connections

The number of simultaneous TCP/IP connections depends on the platform as well as

the type of connection to the Ethernet network:

b 10/100BASE-TX port in network modules

b 10/100BASE-TX port integrated in CPUs

Number of

simultaneous

TCP/IP

connections

Modicon M340 BMX Modicon Premium TSX Modicon Quantum 140

NOC0401

NOE0110

P342020

P342030

ETY210

ETY110WS

ETC101

WMY100

P5710...5760

NOC77101/78ppp

CPU113/311pp

CPU434/53414B

CPU65ppp

CPU67ppp NOC77101

NOC78p00

Client 16 16 32 16 (1)16 (1)16 (1)16

Server 32 32 64 (1)64 (1)64 (1)32

Bandwidth management for Ethernet Modbus/TCP modules

The bandwidth management service indicates the load level of the Ethernet network

module. This allows the user to monitor resource consumption and help ensure a

good module performance.

The Ethernet module load is indicated in one of three ways:

b Expected load in the Unity Pro conguration screen

b Actual load in the Unity Pro diagnostics/debug screen

b In the SNMP interface for access by the SNMP network manager

The bandwidth is shown as a percentage for each of the following services:

b Modbus (and Uni-TE) messaging

b I/O Scanning

b Others

Ethernet solutions with Modicon M580 platforms

Modicon M580 platforms feature two types of connection to the Ethernet network:

b The 10/100BASE-TX port integrated in the CPUs, which also process the

application and exchange data with the other modules supported by the rack and

other communication ports (CANopen bus, Modbus serial link, etc.)

b The multiple 10/100BASE-TX port in dedicated Ethernet modules on which, unlike

the CPU with integrated Ethernet port, all the resources are allocated to Ethernet

Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP communication

These fundamentally different hardware characteristics result in equally different

capacities in terms of services and performance:

b The integrated port is a low-cost way of satisfying applications that are not too

demanding in terms of communication (y 500 user messages/s).

b Where there are a large number of exchanges, use of a dedicated Ethernet

network module is strongly recommended to help improve performance.

(1) With 64 TCP/IP connections maximum (cumulative total of client and server connections).

(2) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

Performance (continued),

selection

Bandwidth management

Ethernet port integrated in

the CPU (for example with

BMEP584040 Modicon

M580 CPU)

Dedicated Ethernet

module (for example with

BMXNOC0402 Modicon

M580 module) (2)

or

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules: page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/20

Presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

Embedded web pages

The M580 CPU includes a Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) server. The server

transmits web pages for the purpose of monitoring, diagnosing, and controlling

remote access to the communication module. The server provides easy access to

the CPU from standard internet browsers.

The embedded web server pages are used to display real-time diagnostic data for

the M580 CPU.

Requirements

The embedded web server in M580 CPUs displays data in standard HTML web

pages. The embedded web pages can be accessed on a PC, iPad®, or Android®

tablet with the following browsers:

bInternet Explorer® (V8 or later)

bGoogle Chrome® (V11 or later)

bMozilla Firefox® (V4 or later)

bSafari® (V5.1.7 or later)

Diagnostic web pages

The M580 CPU Diagnostic web pages provide information on Status Summary,

Performance, Port Statistics, I/O Scanner, Messaging, QoS (quality of service),

Network Time Service, Redundancy and Alarm Viewer. All these pages are updated

every 5 seconds to get the latest information.

Status Summary page

The objects on this page provide status information.

Parameters Description

LEDs The black eld contains LED indicators (RUN, ERR, etc.)

Service Status Green The available service is operational and running

Red An error is detected in an available service

Black The available service is not present or not congured

Version Info. This eld describes the software versions that are running on the CPU

CPU Summary This eld describes the CPU hardware and the applications that are

running on the CPU

Network Info. This eld contains network and hardware address information and

connectivity that corresponds to the CPU

Status summary

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/21

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Embedded web pages

Presentation (continued)

Performance

Port Statistics

I/O Scanner

Diagnostic web pages (continued)

Performance page

The objects on this page provide information on performance statistics.

Field Description

Error Statistics This area contains the detected errors in the diagnostics data for the CPU

(these counters can be reset to 0 with the Reset Counters button)

Error Rate This percentage represents the total number of packets divided by the

number of packets that are not associated with detected errors

Total Bandwidth

Utilization

This value indicates the percentage of the available bandwidth that the

CPU is using

Module I/O

Utilization

This graph shows the total number of packets (per second) the CPU can

handle at once (1)

Processor

Utilization

This graph shows the number of Modbus/TCP or EtherNet/IP messages

per second for the client or server (1)

System Bandwidth

Monitor

These graphs show the percentage of bandwidth consumed by the

Modbus messaging and I/O Scanning services (1)

Port Statistics page

This page shows the statistics for each port on the CPU.

This information is associated with the conguration of the Ethernet ports and the

conguration of the service/extended port.

The names of active ports are green. The names of inactive ports are gray.

The information is reset or expanded with these buttons:

bReset Counters: Resets all dynamic counters to 0.

bDetail View: Expands the list of port statistics.

I/O Scanner page

The objects on this page provide information on the scanner status and connection

statistics.

Field Description

Scanner Status Enabled The I/O scanner is enabled

Disabled The I/O scanner is disabled

Idle The I/O scanner is enabled but not running

Unknown The I/O scanner returns unexpected values from the

device

Connection

Statistics

Transactions per second

Number of connections

Scanned Device

Status

Colors that appear in each block indicate these states for specic remote

devices

Gray There is an uncongured device

Black The scanning of the specic device has been

intentionally disabled

Green A device is being scanned successfully

Red A device that is being scanned is returning detected

errors

(1) Move the mouse over the dynamic graphs to see the current numeric values.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/22

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Embedded web pages

Presentation (continued)

Diagnostic web pages (continued)

Messaging page

This page shows current information for open TCP connections on port 502:

bMessaging Statistics: This eld contains the total number of sent and received

messages on port 502. These values are not reset when the port 502 connection is

closed. Therefore, the values indicate the number of messages that have been sent

or received since the module was started.

bActive Connections: This eld shows the connections that are active when the

Messaging page is refreshed.

QoS (quality of service) page

This page displays information about the QoS service. This service is congured in

Unity Pro. When QoS is enabled, the module adds a differentiated services code

point (DSCP) tag to each Ethernet packet it transmits, thereby indicating the priority

of that packet.

Network Time Service page

This page displays information about the NTP service. This service is congured in

Unity Pro. The Network Time Service synchronizes computer clocks over the

Internet for the purposes of event recording (sequencing events), event

synchronization (triggering simultaneous events), or alarm and I/O synchronization

(timestamping alarms).

Field Description

Service Status Running The NTP service is correctly congured and running

Disabled The NTP service is disabled

Unknown The NTP service status is unknown

Server Status Green The server is connected and running

Red A bad server connection is detected

Gray The server status is unknown

Server Type Primary A primary server polls a master time server for the

current time

Secondary A secondary server requests the current time only from

a primary server

DST Status Running DST (daylight saving time) is congured and running

Disabled DST (daylight saving time) is disabled

Unknown The DST status is unknown

Current Date This is the current date in the selected time zone

Current Time This is the current time in the selected time zone

Time Zone This eld shows the time zone in terms of plus or minus Universal Time

Coordinated (UTC)

NTP Service

Statistics

These elds show the current values for service statistics

Number of

Requests

This eld shows the total number of requests sent to

the NTP server

Success Rate This eld shows the percentage of successful requests

out of the total number of requests

Number of

Responses

This eld shows the total number of responses

received from the NTP server

Last Error This eld contains the code of the last error that was

detected during the transmission of an email message

to the network

Number of

Errors

This eld contains the total number of email messages

that could not be sent to the network or that have been

sent but not acknowledged by the server

Messaging

QoS

Network time service

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/23

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Embedded web pages

Presentation (continued)

Diagnostic web pages (continued)

Redundancy page

This page displays values from the RSTP conguration in Unity Pro.

Parameters Description

Service Status This is the status (Enabled or Disabled) of the RSTP bridge on the

corresponding CPU

Last Topology

Change

These values represent the date and time that the last topology change

was received for the corresponding Bridge ID

Redundancy Status Green The designated Ethernet port is learning or formatting

information

Yellow The designated Ethernet port is discarding information

Gray RSTP is disabled for the designated Ethernet port

Router Bridge

Statistics

Bridge ID This unique bridge identier is the concatenation of the

bridge RSTP priority and the MAC address

Bridge Priority In Unity Pro, congure the RSTP operating state of the

Bridge ID

Alarm Viewer page

The Alarm Viewer page reports detected errors in the application. Information about

alarm objects can be read, ltered, and sorted on this page. The type of information

displayed by the Alarm Viewer is adjusted in the Filter Alarms box.

Field Description

Type This column describes the alarm type

Status STOP You need to acknowledge the alarm

ACK An alarm has been acknowledged

OK An alarm does not require acknowledgment

Message This column contains the text of the alarm message

Occurance This column contains the date and time that the alarm occurred

Acknowledged This column reports the acknowledged status of the alarm

Zone This column contains the area or geographical zone from which the alarm

comes (0: common area)

Alarm Viewer

Redundancy 2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/24

Presentation,

functions,

description

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP network module

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580 modules:

page 5/2

Presentation

The BMXNOC0402 (1) network module acts as an interface between the M580 PLC

and other Ethernet network devices via the Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP

communication protocols.

The standard format BMXNOC0402 (1) network module occupies a single slot in the

rack of the Modicon M580 platform. This module has to be installed in the main

Ethernet + X-bus backplane rack.

Functions

The BMXNOC0402 (1) module offers the following functions:

bModbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP protocols operating simultaneously

bRing topologies on 2 Ethernet ports using RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)

bPriority of Ethernet packets using QoS (Quality of Service) service

bAutomatic module conguration recovery using FDR (Fast Device Replacement)

service

bEmbedded Web server for application monitoring and module diagnostics

bSharing data between PLCs

bNetwork management using SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)

Description

The front panel of the BMXNOC0402 (1) module features:

1 A screw for locking the module in a slot in the rack.

2 A display block with 5 LEDs:

vRUN LED (green): Operating status

vERR LED (red): Error detected

vMS LED (green/red): Module status

vNS LED (green/red): Network connection status

vETH STS LED (amber): Ethernet link status

3 Four RJ45 connectors for connection to the Ethernet network. The two bottom

connectors 3a support ring topologies (RSTP protocol).

Each RJ45 connector has two associated LEDs:

vLNK LED (yellow): Ethernet link established

vACT LED (green): Transmission/reception activity

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

BMXNOC0402

1

2

3

3a

BMXNOC0402

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/25

References Modicon M580 automation

platform

Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP network module

References

Description Data rate Reference Weight

kg/lb

EtherNet/IP, Modbus/TCP

network module

10/100 Mbps BMXNOC0402 (1)(2) 0.345/

0.761

(1) The Unity Pro conguration tool is supplied on CD-ROM with the module. This software is

used to update the Unity Pro hardware catalog (addition of the new module DTMs).

(2) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580 modules:

page 5/2

BMXNOC0402

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/26 3/26

Web Designer

Selection guide Modicon M580 automation

platform

Web servers and gateways

Applications Standalone Web Gateway/Server module for remote access Standalone Web Gateway/Server modules for remote access

Type FactoryCast Gateway ETG10p0FactoryCast HMI Gateway ETG30pp

Target products Type Any device supporting Modbus Any device supporting Uni-Telway Any Modicon PLC or third-party device supporting Modbus

Network/Remote

access services

Remote access Intranet or via external modem and integrated

RAS function

Intranet or modem, external modem and

integrated RAS function

Intranet or modem, external modem and integrated

RAS function

Intranet or modem

RTC modem and integrated RAS function

Intranet or modem

GSM modem and integrated RAS function

Remote programming, downloading via FTP, access to Web server via web browser Remote programming, downloading via FTP, access to Web server via web browser

Gateway function Ethernet to Modbus serial

Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet

Ethernet to Uni-Telway serial

Modem to Uni-Telway and Ethernet

Ethernet to Uni-Telway serial, modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet

Serial protocols Modbus master Uni-Telway slave Modbus master

Ethernet protocols Modbus/TCP Modbus/TCP

Uni-TE (Premium, Micro)

Modbus/TCP

TCP/IP protocols BootP/DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP

client, NTP client (1), FTP

BootP/DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP

client, NTP client (1), FTP

DHCP, DNS, SNMP agent, SMTP client, NTP client (1), FTP

Security Protection by IP address ltering and passwords Protection by IP address ltering and passwords

Web server Characteristics HTTP and FTP server, 8 MB memory available for user, hosting of user Web pages and

documents (doc, pdf, Excel)

HTTP and FTP server, 32 MB memory available for user Web pages, memory expansion using Compact Flash cards 1 GB max., hosting of user Web pages and

documents (doc, pdf, Excel)

Predened services Conguration Via Web Designer software or predened Web pages Via Web Designer software or predened Web pages

Diagnostics Serial device diagnostics via predened Web pages Network diagnostics, serial and Ethernet device diagnostics via predened Web pages

Monitoring Monitoring via animation tables

Display of PLC Unity program in a Web page

Monitoring of devices and application via

animation tables (read/write variables)

Display of PLC Unity program in a Web page

Monitoring of devices and application via animation tables (read/write variables)

Display of PLC Unity program in a Web page

Alarm management – –

Customizable

services

Graphic views Graphic monitoring via animated views (integrated graphic editor) Graphic monitoring via animated views (integrated graphic editor)

Unity Pro operator screen – –

User Web pages Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user

Advanced and HMI

services

Calculation scripts –Arithmetic and logical scripts

E-mail service Alarm notication by e-mail Alarm notication by e-mail/SMS

Data logging –Data recorded in the module with date and time stamping (CSV les)

Database connection –Direct recording in an SQL, Oracle, or MySQL server

Report service –Dynamic HTML report management

Recipe service –Management of “Recipe” data (storage and review locally or in remote database)

Application development software Web Designer (supplied with each module) Web Designer (supplied with each module)

References TSXETG1000 TSXETG1010 TSXETG3000 TSXETG3010 (PSTN modem) TSXETG3021

(GSM900/1800 MHz band)

TSXETG3022 function

(GSM850/1900 MHz band)

Catalog or website www.schneider-electric.com www.schneider-electric.com

(1) Except with TSXP57103M/153M Modicon Premium processors, which do not have the NTP service.

Web Designer

3/26 3/27

3/28

Presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

Modbus Plus Proxy module

Presentation

The TCSEGDB23F24FA Modbus Plus Proxy module is a network gateway that

allows Modicon M340 and M580 PLCs to communicate with existing Modbus Plus

devices.

It is not necessary to modify the applications for these devices to communicate with

the Modicon M340 and M580 PLCs, since the module automatically addresses the

platforms and the various communication functions between the M340/M580 and

other PLC platforms (especially 984LL).

The Modbus Plus Proxy offers Modbus Plus PLC users the chance to integrate the

M340 and M580 PLCs easily into their Modbus Plus network and thus to access

advanced communications via Ethernet, or to migrate gradually from other PLC

models to Modicon M340/M580 and Unity.

Key benets

Reduced startup time

bOnline conguration of the proxy via a simple Web browser

bSetup Web pages similar to the screens of the Modbus Plus Peer Cop utility,

accessible under Concept/Unity for the Global Data transaction

bSimpler data exchange with Global Data transactions performed on all network

nodes

bPoint-to-point communication without programming with Peer Cop

Increased network reliability and maintainability

bStandard diagnostics provide data on all network nodes for easy troubleshooting

bDual Modbus Plus ports provide Modbus Plus network redundancy

Reduced total cost of ownership

bHelps protect your investment in Modbus Plus while migrating to Ethernet

bDual Ethernet ports allow connection of both the M340 or M580 PLC and the

conguration PC to the proxy, without any additional switches

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580 modules:

page 5/2

Compact 984

Distributed I/O

Modbus Plus

SCADA

Modbus Plus

Proxy

Web

conguration

interface

Modicon M340

Modicon M580

Ethernet

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/29

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Modbus Plus Proxy module

References

TCSEGDB23F24FA

Embedded Web server

Web server functions

The Modbus Plus Proxy module includes an embedded Web server that can be used

to perform diagnostics and congure the module connection. All data is presented in

the form of standard Web pages in HTML format. To access a Web page, you need

Internet Explorer (version 6.0 or later) and Java (version 1.5 or later).

Embedded Web server functions

1 - Setup: The Setup pages allow you to dene the parameters for several different

module services, including security, IP, SNMP, Global Data, Peer Cop and Ethernet

ports.

2 - Diagnostics: These network diagnostic pages contain Ethernet, TCP, and SNMP

statistics, as well as a log of the diagnostics performed.

Complementary characteristics

The following characteristics complement those introduced in the communication

selection guide on page 3/5:

bExternal power supply voltage: 19.2...31.2 V c

bConsumption: 300 mA max.

bDissipated power: 6.2 W

bConformity with standards: UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 142 (cUL), EMI EN 55011,

EN 61131-2, C-Tick

References

System and network requirements

Unity Pro XL programming software (version 3.x or later) (1)

Internet Explorer (version 6.0 or later)

Java (version 1.5 or later)

Microsoft Windows XP or Vista

Modicon M340 processors:

bBMXP342020 (Modbus and Ethernet version)

bBMXP3420302 (CANopen and Ethernet version)

bBMXP3420302CL (CANopen and Ethernet version) (2)

Modicon M580 processors:

bBMEP581020

bBMEP582020

bBMEP582040

bBMEP583020

bBMEP583040

bBMEP584020

bBMEP584040

Ethernet Modicon M340 communication modules:

bBMXNOE0100

bBMXNOE0110

bBMXNOC0401

Modicon M580:

bBMXNOC0402 (3)

Modicon Modbus Plus Proxy module

Description Type Reference Weight

kg

Modbus Plus Proxy module

for Modicon M340 and M580

PLCs

supplied with 2 front-mounted

power supply connectors

(2 positions)

Standard TCSEGDB23F24FA –

Conformal coating TCSEGDB23F24FK –

(1) Unity V8.0 or later with M580

(2) Memory card to be ordered separately for the BMXP3420302CL processor (see our website

www.schneider-electric.com).

(3) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014..

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580 modules:

page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/30

Presentation Modicon M580 automation

platform

Probus DP V1 and Probus PA buses

Probus Remote Master module

Probus DP eldbus

Probus DP is one of the most widely used eldbuses in industry. Based on a

master/slave protocol, only master stations, sometimes called active stations, have

the right to access the bus, with slave, or passive, stations being limited to

responding to interrogations.

Version V0 of Probus only allows cyclic exchanges with I/O, whereas version V1

offers an acyclic message handling channel that can be used for device adjustment

or diagnostics during operation.

The physical link is a single shielded twisted pair, but numerous interfaces are

available for creating all sorts of topologies - tree, star, or ring - including those using

optical ber or a non-physical link.

Gateways can be used to communicate transparently with Probus PA, one of the

most commonly used standards in process applications for connecting

instrumentation. Probus PA can be used to supply devices across the network and

also to install sensors in potentially explosive zones (ATEX).

Unity Pro

PRM master

PRM Com DTM

Ethernet

Probus PA

PRM Probus DP

DP Class 1

Probus Remote Master (PRM) module

Presentation

The Probus Remote Master (PRM) module is connected to the Ethernet Modbus

TCP/IP network via its integrated 2-port switch, as close as possible to the process

and the instrumentation.

The PRM module can be used to connect Modicon Quantum, Premium, M580, and

M340 PLCs to Probus DP V1 via the I/O scanner function.

Irrespective of the type of PLC, only one product reference is required and setup is

identical, thus reducing training and maintenance costs.

Two versions are available, standard and tropicalized, so as to adapt to any type of

environment.

The PRM module is open to Asset Management tools. A dedicated communication

DTM is supplied with the product, thus allowing any compatible FDT standard tool to

remotely adjust devices on Probus using Ethernet.

Conguration

From a single Unity tool, the user can create the Probus conguration, the PLC

application, and congure or calibrate devices.

The latter are integrated in the Unity catalog via their DTMs if they exist, or their gsd

les.

The I/O scanner conguration is created implicitly in Unity Pro using the Probus

conguration. The parameters assigned by default help optimize performance, as well

as the consistency of I/O data in the PLC application, irrespective of the PLC

platform.

Similarly, the I/O variables dened and presymbolized in the DTMs can be used

directly in the application. Finally, the screens integrated in Unity Pro, together with

the diagnostic functions integrated in the device DTMs simplify application

maintenance.

Processors:

page 1/18

I/O architectures:

page 2/2

Software:

page 4/2

Ruggedized Modicon M580 modules:

page 5/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3/31

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Probus DP V1 and Probus PA buses

Probus Remote Master module

Presentation (continued),

references

Probus Remote Master (PRM) module (continued)

Connectable devices

The following Schneider Electric devices can be connected to this bus:

bTeSys U and TeSys T starter-controllers

bMomentum and Modicon STB distributed I/O

bAltivar 312/61/71 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors

bLexium 05 and 32 servo drives for brushless motors

bAltistart ATS 48 soft start-soft stop units

bLMC Packdrive 3

bOsicoder

bAny third-party device compatible with Probus DP and PA standard proles

Limitations

Once saved, the Unity project incorporates all the Probus parameters as well as

those of the slaves connected to the bus. Modicon Quantum, Premium, M580, and

M340 PLCs are capable of embedding all this data so that an empty Unity terminal

without any applications is able, after a simple transfer from the PLC, to locate the

whole application, including the slave parameters. This function is called ETS

(Empty Terminal Service).

In certain cases, it may be that the memory size required to save the device

parameters exceeds the PLC memory capacity (signaled by a “memory full”

message during the build). This is particularly likely on devices which have DTM (the

most common instrumentation on PA). Typically, each device of this type takes up

around 20 KB of the PLC memory.

It is therefore essential to create a memory map according to the type of conguration

used and possibly adapt it accordingly, either by increasing the amount of memory

dedicated to the application (by reducing the zone allocated to data), or by

increasing the overall memory via cartridges available in the catalog.

If the ETS function is not required, Unity Pro can also be congured in such a way as

to reduce the size of the embedded data by disabling comments and animation tables,

or by disabling the upload function so that the application does not include data

relating to DTMs. In this case, the upload from an empty terminal function is no

longer available.

References

The Probus Remote Master module is supplied with a CD-ROM, which includes:

bThe PRM master DTM for operating the PRM on Quantum, Premium, or M340

starting from Unity V5.0

bThe PRM Gateway DTM for operating the PRM on M580 starting from Unity V8.0

bThe generic Probus DTM for managing devices not provided with DTM but just

with gsd les

bThe PRM communication DTM providing total communication transparency from

any FDT tool (out of Unity) up to the Probus devices

bA library of DFBs for PRM management or support of explicit DP V1

communication with Probus slaves

bPRM technical documentation

Probus Remote Master modules

Description Type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Probus Remote Master

modules

Standard TCSEGPA23F14F 0.620/

1.367

Ruggedized (1) TCSEGPA23F14FK 0.620/

1.367

Probus DP bus connection components

Description Type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Distributed I/O

on Probus DP bus

Modicon STB

network interface module

STBNDP2212 0.140/

0.309

Momentum communication

module

170DNT11000 0.070/

0.154

Connectors for remote I/O

communication module

Line terminators 490NAD91103 –

In-line connector 490NAD91104 –

In-line connector 490NAD91105 –

Description Length Reference Weight

kg/lb

Probus DP

connection cables

100 m/328.08 ft TSXPBSCA100 –

400 m/1,312.33 ft TSXPBSCA400 –

(1) Conformal coating and extended operating temperatures between - 25 and + 70 °C/

- 13 and 158°F (see ruggedized module characteristics, page 5/2)

490NAD91103

TCSEGPA23F14F

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/1

Contents

Unity Pro software

Selection guide .............................................page 4/2

b Presentation...........................................................................................page 4/4

b FDT/DTM.................................................................................................page 4/4

b Programming languages ...................................................................... page 4/5

b Functions ...............................................................................................page 4/6

b Communication drivers ...................................................................... page 4/16

b Windows OS compatibility.................................................................. page 4/16

b Unity Pro update ..................................................................................page 4/17

b References ...........................................................................................page 4/18

Unity EFB Toolkit software

b Presentation, setup .............................................................................page 4/22

b References ...........................................................................................page 4/23

Unity DIF software

b Presentation, setup .............................................................................page 4/24

b References ...........................................................................................page 4/25

Unity Loader software

b Presentation.........................................................................................page 4/26

b References ...........................................................................................page 4/27

Unity Specic libraries

b Presentation.........................................................................................page 4/28

b References ...........................................................................................page 4/29

OPC data server software

b Presentation.........................................................................................page 4/30

b Architectures .......................................................................................page 4/31

b Setup ....................................................................................................page 4/33

b Functions .............................................................................................page 4/34

b References ...........................................................................................page 4/35

b Time stamping system ........................................................................page 4/36

v Presentation .......................................................................................... page 4/36

v Architectures ......................................................................................... page 4/36

v Performance.......................................................................................... page 4/37

4 - Software

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/2 4/2

Unity Pro programming software for Modicon M340 M, Modicon M580 M5, Premium P, Quantum Q, Safety Sand Modicon distributed I/O D platforms Unity Pro programming software for Modicon M340 M, Modicon M580 M5, Premium P, Quantum Q, Safety Sand Modicon distributed I/O D platforms

IEC 61131-3

languages

Instruction List (IL) M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Ladder (LD) M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Structured Text (ST) M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Function Block Diagram (FBD) M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Sequential Function Chart (SFC)/Grafcet M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Ladder Logic Language LL984 MM - Q M - QM - Q

Programming

services

Multitask programming (Master, fast and

event-triggered)

M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Multitask programming (Master, fast, auxiliary

and event-triggered)

M5 M5 - P (TSXP575p) - Q (140CPU651/671) - D P (TSXP575p) - Q (140CPU651/671) - D

Functional view and function modules M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

DFB editor and instances M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

DDT compound data editors M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Data structure instances and tables M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

EF and EFB libraries M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

User-denable control loops P (TSXP572p/3p/4p)- D P (TSXP572p/3p/4p/5p)- D P (TSXP572p/3p/4p/5p)- D

Programmable control loops (with process

control FB library)

M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Safety function block libraries S - D

Motion function block (MFB) libraries M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - D M - P - D

Hot Standby PLC redundancy system P (TSXH5724M/44M) - D P (TSXH5724M/44M) - Q (140CPU67160) - D P (TSXH5724M/44M) - Q (140CPU67160) - S - D

System and Application diagnostics M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Bus and network conguration to slave devices

(Modicon distributed I/O, etc.)

M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Debugging

and display

services

PLC simulator M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Hypertext link animations in graphic languages M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Step by step execution, Breakpoint,

Watchpoint

M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Trending tool M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Operator screens, Animation tables M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Diagnostics viewer M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Other

services

Creation of hyperlinks M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

XML/XVM import/export M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Application converters (Modsoft, Concept,

ProWORX, PL7)

MM - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Utilities for updating PLCs and Advantys

operating system

M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - D

Communication drivers for Modicon platforms M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Unity Pro servers - Openness (OFS,

3rd party tools)

M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Online modication of the conguration M5 - Q M5 - Q

Online modication of the program M - P - Q M - M5 - P - Q M - M5 - P - Q

Importing of applications (Modsoft, Concept,

ProWORX) written in LL984 language

MM - Q M - Q M - Q

Data dictionary, Dynamic exchange with

SCADA through OFS

M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Static exchange via XML/XVM export les M - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - M5 - P - Q - D M - P - Q - S - D

Compatible

Modicon

platforms

Modicon M340 CPUs MAll models All models All models All models

Modicon M580 CPUs M5 BMEP5810/5820/5830 All models –

Premium CPUs P–TSXP57104M/1634M/154M

TSXP57204M/2634M/254M

TSXP57304M/3634M/354M

TSXP574634/454M

TSXH5724/44M

TSXP57104M/1634M/154M

TSXP57204M/2634M/254M

TSXP57304M/3634M/354M

TSXP574634M/454M

TSXP575634M/554M

TSXP576634M

TSXH5724M/44M

TSXP57104M/1634M/154M

TSXP57204M/2634M/254M

TSXP57304M/3634M/354M

TSXP574634M/454M

TSXP575634M/554M

TSXP576634M

TSXH5724M/44M

Quantum CPUs Q–140CPU31110

140CPU43412U

140CPU53414U

140CPU31110

140CPU43412U

140CPU53414U

140CPU65150/60

140CPU65260

140CPU67160

140CPU67260/61

140CPU31110

140CPU43412U

140CPU53414U

140CPU65150/60

140CPU65260

140CPU67160

140CPU67260/61

Safety CPUs S– – – 140CPU65160S

140CPU67160S

Compatible Modicon distributed I/O DSTB, OTB, TM7, ETB, Momentum STB, OTB, TM7, ETB, Momentum STB, OTB, TM7, ETB, Momentum STB, OTB, TM7, ETB, Momentum

Software name Unity Pro Small Unity Pro Large Unity Pro Extra Large Unity Pro XL Safety

Unity Pro package UNYPROSP80 UNYPROLP80 UNYPROXLP80 UNYSPUXF●CD70

License, see page 4/18 4/19 4/20 www.schneider-electric.com

Selection guide Software

Unity Pro software

4/2 4/3

4/4

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Presentation,

functions

Presentation

Unity Pro is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the

Modicon M340, M580, Premium and Quantum PLC ranges.

Unity Pro is multitasking software offering the following features:

bAll-in-one software

bFive IEC 61131-3 programming languages

bLL 984 programming language

bIntegrated, customizable DFB library

bPLC simulator on PC for program validation prior to installation

bBuilt-in tests and diagnostics

bWide range of online services

FDT/DTM function

Unity Pro facilitates integration of eldbus architectures into engineering control

systems using FDT/DTM technology:

bFDT (Field Device Tool) is the container which supports the device DTMs.

bDTM (Device Type Manager) is the conguration tool for devices with integrated

graphic interfaces. It contains the properties specic to each device.

In addition to the FDT/DTM standard, Unity Pro uses specic information from the

Master DTM created for the Probus Remote Master (PRM) module and the

Modbus/TCP and EtherNet/IP network module BMXNOC0401.

Use of the Master DTM allows Unity Pro to perform the following actions:

bManage the PLC I/O scan

bCreate the application variables based on the description of the process objects

available from the connected DTM devices

bManage synchronization with the PLC conguration

bCreate a generic DTM from the description les (GSD or EDS)

The DTM conguration is stored in the PLC memory so that the application can be

downloaded in its entirety. It is also saved in the PLC project le (STU), the archive

le (STA), and the full application exchange le (ZEF).

A third-party DTM can be installed in the DTM hardware catalog.

The DTM hardware catalog can be used to sort or lter the DTMs according to

various criteria such as Device, Vendor, Groups or Protocols.

The DTM Browser in Unity Pro:

bDisplays the eldbus topologies in a tree structure

bAllows the user to congure the DTM devices:

vAdd and delete DTMs

vConnect and disconnect DTMs to/from their physical devices

vDisplay and print the properties of a DTM

vTransfer DTM conguration data to and from the physical device

vFunctions specic to the DTM, via the Device menu

Selection guide:

page 4/2

Unity Pro

DTM editor (Modicon STB island)

DTM hardware catalog

DTM browser and DTM context menu

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/5

FDT/DTM function (continued)

The eldbus lookup function scans the physical devices in a eldbus network and

adds the selected devices to the DTM Browser.

Programming languages

The ve IEC 61131-3 compliant languages

The ve graphical or textual languages available in Unity Pro are used for

programming Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Premium and Quantum automation

platforms.

The three graphical languages are:

bLadder (LD) language

bFunction Block Diagram (FBD)

bSequential Function Chart (SFC) or Grafcet

The two textual languages are:

bStructured Text (ST)

bInstruction List (IL)

For these ve languages, you can use the standard set of instructions compliant with

IEC standard 61131-3 to create applications which can be transferred from one

platform to another. Unity Pro software also provides extensions to this standard set

of instructions. As they are specic to Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Premium and

Quantum PLCs, these extensions support the development of more complex

applications in order to maximize the potential of the specic features of each of

these platforms.

LL984 language

LL984 (Ladder Logic 984) language enables migration from legacy Modicon ranges.

It is used to program Modicon M340 and Quantum automation platforms.

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Functions (continued)

Selection guide:

page 4/2

Fieldbus lookup screen

FBD language editor

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/6

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Data editor

The data editor provides a single tool for performing the following editing tasks:

bDeclaration of data including variables and function blocks (declaration of their

type, instances and attributes).

bUse and archiving of function block data types in different libraries.

bHierarchical view of data structures.

bSearching, sorting and ltering of data.

bCreation of a hyperlink to access a description from any variable comment.

The data is displayed in four tabs:

b“Variables” tab for the creation and management of the following data instances:

Bits, words, double words, inputs/outputs, tables and structures.

b“DDT Types” tab for the creation of derived data types (tables and structures).

b“Function Blocks” tab for the declaration of EFBs and DFBs.

b“DFB Types” tab for the creation of DFB user function block data types.

Each data element has several attributes, of which:

bThe variable name and type are mandatory.

bThe comment, physical address in the memory and initial values are optional.

The data editor columns can be congured (number of columns, order). The

attributes associated with a variable can be displayed in a properties window.

This editor can be accessed at any time during programming by selecting variables

for data modication or creation.

Functions (continued)

Selection guide:

page 4/2

Data editor

Data properties

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/7

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

DFB user function blocks

With Unity Pro software, users can create their own function blocks for specic

application requirements on Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Premium and Quantum

platforms.

Once created and saved in the library, these user function blocks can be reused as

easily as EFBs (Elementary Function Blocks).

The user function blocks can be used to structure an application. They are used

when a program sequence is repeated several times in the application or for freezing

a standard programming routine. They can be read-only or read/write. They can be

exported to all other Unity Pro applications.

Using a DFB in one or more applications:

bSimplies program design and entry.

bImproves program readability and understanding.

bFacilitates program debugging (variables handled by the DFB are identied in the

data editor).

bEnables the use of private variables specic to the DFBs, which are independent

of the application.

A DFB is set up in several stages:

bThe DFB is designed by assigning a name, a set of parameters (inputs, outputs,

public and private internal variables) and a comment to it via the data editor.

bThe code is created in one or more sections of the program, with the following

languages selected according to requirements: Structured Text, Instruction List,

Ladder or Function Block Diagram (ST, IL, LD or FBD).

bThe DFB can be stored in a library with an associated version number.

bA DFB instance is created in the data editor or when the function is called in the

program editor.

bThis instance is used in the program in the same way as an EFB (the instance can

be created from within the program).

Functions (continued)

Selection guide:

page 4/2

Design

Creating the code

Use within the program

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/8

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Function block libraries

The function and function block libraries manager contains the elements provided

with Unity Pro software. Functions and function blocks are organized into libraries,

which themselves consist of families. Depending on the type of PLC selected and

the processor model, users will have a subset of these libraries available to write

their applications. However, the “Base Lib” library contains a set of functions and

function blocks, for the majority of which compatibility is independent of the

platforms. In particular, it contains the blocks compliant with IEC 61131-3.

The “Base Lib” library is structured into families:

bTimers and counters

bProcess control on integers

bTable management

bComparison

bDate and time management

bLogic processing

bMathematical processing

bStatistical processing

bCharacter string processing

bType-to-type data conversion

The “Base Lib” library, which covers standard automation functions, is supplemented

by other, more application-specic libraries and platform-specic functions:

bCommunication library, providing an easy means of integrating communication

programs from PLCs with those used by HMIs from the PLC application program.

Like other function blocks, these EFBs can be used in any language to exchange

data among PLCs or to deliver data to be displayed on an HMI.

bProcess control library. The CONT_CTL library can be used to set up process-

specic control loops. It offers controller, derivative and integral control functions and

additional algorithms, such as EFBs for calculating mean values, selecting a

maximum value, detecting edges or assigning a hysteresis to process values, etc.

bDiagnostics library, which can be used to monitor actuators and contains EFBs

for active diagnostics, reactive diagnostics, interlocking diagnostics, permanent

process condition diagnostics, dynamic diagnostics, monitoring of signal groups, etc.

bI/O management library, providing services to handle information exchanged

with hardware modules (formatting data, scaling, etc.).

bMotion Function Blocks library, containing a set of predened functions and

structures to manage motion controlled by drives and servo drives connected on

CANopen.

bMotion library for motion control and fast counting.

bSystem library, which provides EFBs for the execution of system functions,

including: evaluation of scan time, availability of several different system clocks, SFC

section monitoring, display of system state, management of les on the memory

cartridge of the Modicon M340 processor, M580 processor, etc.

bFinally, a library named “obsolete”, containing all function blocks used by legacy

programming software needed to perform application conversions.

Management of user standards

Users can create libraries and families in order to store their own DFBs and DDTs.

This enhancement allows users to take advantage of programming standards

adapted to their needs, along with version management. This means that it is

possible to:

bCheck the version of the elements used in an application program against those

stored in the library

bPerform an upgrade, if necessary

Functions (continued)

Selection guide:

page 4/2

Standard function block libraries

User libraries

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/9

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Debugging tools

Unity Pro software offers a complete set of tools for debugging Modicon M340,

M580, Premium or Quantum applications. A tool palette provides direct access to the

main functions:

bDynamic program animation.

bSetting of watchpoints or breakpoints (not authorized in event-triggered tasks).

bStep-by-step program execution. A function in this mode enables section-by-

section execution. Instruction-by-instruction execution can be launched from the

previous breakpoint. Three execution commands are therefore possible when the

element to be processed is a subroutine (SR) or DFB user block instance:

vStep Into: this command is used to move to the rst element of the SR or DFB

vStep Over: this command is used to execute the entire SR or DFB

vStep Out: this command is used to move to the next instruction after the SR or

DFB element

bIndependent execution of the master (MAST), fast (FAST), auxiliary (AUX) and

event-triggered (EVTi) tasks.

Animation of program elements

Dynamic animation is managed section-by-section. A button on the toolbar is used to

activate or deactivate animation for each section.

When the PLC is in RUN, this mode can be used to view simultaneously:

bThe animation of a program section, regardless of the language used.

bThe variables window containing the application objects created automatically

from the section viewed.

Animation table

Tables containing the variables of the application to be monitored or modied can be

created by data entry or initialized automatically from the selected program section.

The tables can be stored in the application and retrieved from there at a later date.

Unity Pro can be used to save, import and export Animation tables with predened

set values. As it allows population of set values along with current values and vice

versa in the PLC, the Animation tables can be used as templates to make the

application easier to tune.

Debugging DFB user function blocks

The parameters and public variables of these blocks are displayed and animated in

real time using animation tables, with the possibility of modifying and forcing the

required objects.

In exactly the same way as with other program elements, the watchpoint, breakpoint,

step-by-step execution and program code diagnostics functions can be used to

analyze the behavior of DFBs. Setting a breakpoint in a DFB user function block

instance stops execution of the task containing this block.

Debugging in Sequential Function Chart (SFC) language

The various debugging tools are also available in SFC language. However, unlike

other sections (IL, ST, LD or FBD) an SFC section executed step-by-step does not

stop execution of the task but instead freezes the SFC chart. Several breakpoints

can be declared simultaneously within a single SFC section.

Functions (continued)

Selection guide:

page 4/2

Dynamic animation/adjustment

Watchpoint

Breakpoint/step-by-step

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/10

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

PLC simulator

Unity Pro’s integrated simulator can be used to test the application program for

Modicon M340, M580, Premium or Quantum PLCs from the PC terminal without

having to connect to the PLC processor. The functions provided by the debugging

tools are available for debugging the master, fast and auxiliary tasks.

As the simulator does not manage the PLC I/O, animation tables can be used to

simulate the state of inputs by forcing them to 0 or 1.

The simulator can be connected to third-party applications via an OPC server with

OFS (OPC Factory Server) software.

Trending tool

The trending tool allows easy monitoring of variables by detecting operating

problems or improving process performance. You can select any variable in your

application and start acquisition, save records, and analyze records with integrated

tools or Excel. The PLC mast scan can scan up to 16 variables.

Documentation editor

The documentation editor is based on the Documentation Browser, which shows the

le structure in tree form.

It allows all or part of the application le to be printed on any graphics printer

accessible under Windows and using True Type technology, in A4 or US letter print

format.

The documentation editor supports the creation of user-specic les using the

following headings:

bTitle page

bContents

bGeneral information

bFooter

bConguration

bEF, EFB and DFB type function blocks

bUser variables

bCommunication

bProject structure

bProgram

bAnimation tables and cross-references

bRuntime screens

Functions (continued)

Selection guide:

page 4/2

Simulator control panel

Accessing the documentation editor

Trending tool control panel

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/11

Diagnostics integrated in Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Premium and Quantum automation platforms

Presentation

The diagnostics offer for Modicon M340, M580, Premium and Quantum platforms is

based on the following three components:

bSystem diagnostics

bDFB and EFB diagnostic function blocks (for system and application diagnostics)

bError message display system, called viewers, supplied as a standard component

of Magelis XBT terminals, Vijeo Citect supervisory software and Unity Pro setup

software

System diagnostics

The system diagnostics for the Modicon M340, M580, Premium and Quantum

platforms support the monitoring of system bits/words, I/O modules and activity times

(minimum/maximum) of SFC steps. By simply choosing the relevant option during

application conguration, any event will generate time-stamped messages logged in

the diagnostic buffer of the PLC.

These events are displayed automatically in a diagnostics viewer (1) without requiring

any additional programming.

With Unity Pro integrated diagnostics, this function can be used to perform rst level

diagnostics of the elements in the conguration, up to and including each I/O module

channel.

Conguration level

Viewer window (example with Unity Pro software)

Module level

Channel level

(1) Diagnostics viewers are tools for displaying and acknowledging diagnostic error messages.

They are supplied as a standard component of Unity Pro and Vijeo Designer software, with

Magelis terminals and with the PLC Web server that can be accessed via a thin client

Magelis iPC.

Processor

for system

bits and

words

In-rack I/O

modules

Remote I/O

modules on

Fipio

or CANopen

Higher-level

M.E.S.

Cell level

Machine level

Unity Pro

Diagnostics viewersSystem diagnostics

Application diagnostics

Ethernet TCP/IP

Magelis XBT

PC

Vijeo Citect

Thin client Magelis iPC

Quantum,

Premium,

M340,

M580

Vijeo Designer

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Integrated diagnostics

Functions (continued)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/12

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Modifying the program with the PLC in RUN mode

With Unity Pro, changes can be made to the program when the PLC connected to

the programming terminal is in RUN mode. These modications are performed with

the following operations:

bThe application contained in the PLC is transferred to the PC terminal running

Unity Pro, if necessary.

bProgram changes are prepared. These program modications can be of any type

and in any language (IL, ST, LD, FBD and SFC), for example, addition or deletion of

SFC steps or actions. The code of a DFB user function block can also be modied

(however, modication of its interface is not permitted).

bThese program changes are updated in the PLC (in RUN mode).

This function makes it possible to add or modify program code and data in different

parts of the application during a single modication session (thus resulting in a

uniform, consistent modication with respect to the controlled process). This

increased exibility comes at a cost in terms of the amount of program memory

required.

Cross-references function

Unity Pro's cross-references function, which is available in standalone mode (ofine)

and when connected to the PLC in Run (online), allows users to view all the

elements of a PLC application when searching for any type of variable. This view

indicates where the declared variable is used, as well as how it is used (for writing,

reading, etc.).

This function also provides access to the Search/Replace function for variable

names.

The variable search can be initialized from any editor (language, data, runtime

screen, animation table, etc.).

Import/export function

The import/export function available in Unity Pro supports the following operations

from the structural and functional project views:

bVia the import function, reuse all or part of a previously created project in the

current project.

bVia the export function, copying of all or part of the current project to a le for

subsequent reuse.

The les generated during export are generally in XML format (1). However, in

addition to XML, variables can be exported and imported in the following formats:

b.xvm format compatible with OFS data server software.

bSource format, in an .scy le compatible with PL7 development software.

bText format with separator (TAB) in a .txt le for compatibility with any other

system.

During an import, a wizard can be used to reassign data to new instances of:

bDFB function blocks

bDDT data structures

bSimple data

In addition, when a functional module is imported, the data associated with

animation tables and runtime screens is also reassigned.

The XML import function also supports the transfer of a Modicon M340,

Modicon M580, Premium or Quantum PLC conguration prepared in the SIS Pro

costing and conguration tool for use in the creation of a project in Unity Pro.

This import function spares the user from having to redene the PLC conguration

when the PLC has already been congured with the SIS Pro tool.

(1) XML language is an open, text-based language that provides structural and semantic

information.

Functions (continued)

Selection guide:

page 4/2

Cross-references table

Data export shortcut menu

Data import wizard

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/13

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Application converters

Unity Pro’s integrated conversion tools can be used to convert PLC applications

created with ModSoft, ProWorX, Concept and PL7 programming software to Unity

Pro applications.

Concept/Unity Pro converter (Quantum PLC)

This conversion is performed with a Concept application V2.5 or later (it can also be

performed in V2.11 or later, but only after an update to V2.5). In order to perform the

conversion, the application must be exported to an ASCII le in Concept.

The export le is converted to a Unity Pro source le automatically. This le is then

analyzed by Unity Pro. At the end of the procedure, a conversion report is generated

and an output window displays any conversion errors and provides direct access to

the part of the program to be modied.

The Concept application converter converts the application to Unity Pro, but does

not guarantee that it will operate correctly in real time. It is therefore essential to test

or debug all converted applications.

PL7/Unity Pro converter (Premium PLC and Atrium slot PLC)

This conversion is performed with a PL7 application V4 or later (Premium PLC or

Atrium slot PLC). In order to perform the conversion, the source le (complete

application or user function block) must be exported in PL7.

The conversion procedure is similar to that of the Concept conversion described

above.

Note: Applications created with Concept, Modsoft and ProWORX can be converted to LL984.

Please contact our Customer Care Center.

Operating system update utilities

The OS-Loader software is designed for updating operating systems on Premium

and Quantum platforms. It is supplied with Unity Pro software.

It is used to upgrade Unity processors and modules as well as to upgrade PL7 or

Concept processors and modules to make them compatible with Unity Pro.

OS-Loader software supports:

bPremium processors

bQuantum processors

bEthernet communication modules

bEtherNet/IP communication modules

The operating system updates are performed as follows:

bUni-Telway RS 485 terminal link for Premium processors

bModbus or Modbus Plus terminal link for Quantum processors

bEthernet TCP/IP network for integrated Ethernet port on Premium processors and

Premium and Quantum Ethernet modules

Note: For Modicon M340 and M580 this service is provided by Unity Loader (see page 4/26).

Online modication of the Quantum conguration

This function, also called Change Conguration On The Fly (CCOTF), is used to modify

the Quantum conguration online (application in RUN mode):

bAddition or removal of discrete or analog I/O modules

bModication of conguration parameters of discrete or analog I/O modules

(already present or newly installed)

The CCOTF function is supported by standalone processors for all three types of I/O

architecture (local, RIO, DIO) using version 5 of Unity Pro, and for Hot Standby

processors using version 4.1 or higher of Unity Pro.

The CCOTF function must rst be validated in the Unity Pro conguration screen.

A conrmation screen appears when the conguration has been modied online.

Functions (continued)

Conguration screen

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/14

Functions (continued) Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Programmable process control

Process control in machines

Unity Pro contains CONT_CTL, a library of 36 function blocks used to create control

loops for machine control.

The requirements for closed loop control functions in machines are adequately met

by Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Premium and Quantum platforms thanks to the

wealth of functions in the library and the exibility with which function blocks can be

linked together through programming. This solution therefore avoids the need for

external controllers and simplies the overall control architecture of the machine, as

well as its design, roll-out and operation.

The EFs or EFBs can be used in any of the Unity Pro languages (LD, ST, IL and

FBD). FBD is particularly suitable for accessing control processing operations in

Unity Pro through its wizard for entering and viewing parameters and function block

variables.

CONT_CTL library functions

The library consists of ve function families:

bInput data conditioning

bControllers

bMathematical functions

bProcess value processing

bOutput value processing

Input data conditioning

DTIME Pure time delay

INTEGRATOR Integrator with limiting

LAG_FILTER First order time lag

LDLG Lead/lag function with smoothing

LEAD Lead function with smoothing

MFLOW Mass ow calculation based on the measurement of differential

pressure or ow speed with pressure and temperature

compensation

QDTIME Dead time term

SCALING Scaling

TOTALIZER Integrator (typically of ow) until a limit (typically a volume) is

reached, with automatic reset

VEL_LIM Velocity limiter, with manipulated variable limiting

Controllers

PI_B Basic PI controller: PI algorithm with a mixed structure

(series/parallel)

PIDFF Complete PID controller: PID algorithm with a parallel or mixed

structure (series/parallel)

AUTOTUNE Automatic tuner setting for the PIDFF (complete PID) controller or

the PI_B (simple PI) controller

v Identication using Ziegler Nichols type method

v Modeling based on rst-order process

v Building of control parameters with criterion for prioritizing

either the reaction time to disturbance (dynamic) or the stability

of the process

IMC Model-based controller. The model is a rst-order model with

delay. This corrector is useful:

v When there are serious delays compared with the main time

constant of the process; this scenario cannot be satisfactorily

resolved by standard PID process control

v For regulating a non-linear process IMC can handle any stable

aperiodic process of any order.

SAMPLETM Control of controller startup and sampling

STEP2 Simple two-position controller

STEP3 Three-position controller for temperature regulation

Mathematical functions

COMP_DB Comparison of two values, with dead zone and hysteresis

K_SQRT Square root, with weighting and threshold, useful for linearization

of ow measurements

MULDIV_W Weighted multiplication/division of 3 numerical values

SUM_W Weighted summing of 3 numerical values

CONT_CTL, programmable process control integrated in

Unity Pro

AUTOTUNE

PV

SP

RCPY

START

PREV

PARA

TR_I

TR_S

PV_O

SP_O

PARA_C

TRI

TRS

INFO

STATUS

TT18_PV

TT18_SP

TC18_OUT

TC18_START

TC18_PREV

TC_PARA

TC18_PARA

TC18_OUT

1

TC2_OUT

TC2_OUT

TC18_OUT

PV

SP

PARA

TR_I

TR_S

PIDFF

FF

RCPY

MAN_AUTO

OUT OUT

OUTD

MA_O

INFO

STATUT

TC2_OUT

MS

TC18_OUT

IN

PARA

TR_I

TR_S

FORC

MA_FORC

MAN_AUTO

OUT OUT

OUTD

MA_O

STATUT

Example: PID controller with MS manual control

Selection guide:

page 4/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/15

Functions (continued),Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Programmable process control

Process control in machines (continued)

CONT_CTL library functions (continued)

Process value processing

AVGMV Moving average with xed number of samples (50 max.)

AVGMV_K Moving average with constant correction factor, 10,000 samples

max.

DEAD_ZONE Dead zone

LOOKUP_TABLE1 Linearization of characteristic curves using rst-order interpolation

SAH Detection of a rising edge

HYST_XXX Detection of high threshold with hysteresis (1)

INDLIM_XXX Detection of high and low thresholds with hysteresis (1)

Output value processing

MS Manual control of an output

MS_DB Manual control of an output with dead zone

PWM1 Control via pulse width modulation

SERVO Control for servo motors

SPLRG Control of two Split Range actuators

Setpoint management

RAMP Ramp generator, with separate ascending and descending ramps

RATIO Ratio controller

SP_SEL Selection of setpoint value: local (operator) or remote (processing)

Setting up process control function blocks

Based on the sequencing of function blocks, the FBD language integrated in Unity

Pro is a programming language particularly suitable for building control loops.

Designers can use FBD to easily associate blocks from the CONT_CTL library with

their own DFBs written in Unity Pro’s ST, IL or LD language, or in C language.

Debugging, operation

All Unity Pro’s standard debugging services (see page 4/9) are available. In

particular, the PLC simulator can be used to check correct execution of processing

ofine.

Compatibility

The CONT_CTL control function block library is available in all versions of Unity Pro.

It is compatible with processors in the Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Premium and

Quantum ranges.

Optional specialized libraries

The CONT_CTL control function block library can be supplemented with optional

specialized libraries, to meet specic needs such as predictive control, fuzzy logic

controller, HVAC and mass ow calculation (see page 4/28).

Resources

The technical documentation provides many examples of how to set up

programmable process control function blocks in FBD, LD, IL and ST languages.

The techniques for adjusting process control loops are described in the document

“Process control, Unity V3.0” available online at www.schneider-electric.com.

(1) XXX according to the type of variable: DINT, INT, UINT, UDINT, REAL.

Programming in Unity Pro in ofine mode

Programming in online mode

Selection guide:

page 4/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/16

Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Communication drivers

The most commonly used communication drivers for Modicon M340, M580,

Premium and Quantum platforms are installed at the same time as the Unity Pro

software.

Unity Pro also includes the following drivers, which can be installed as required (1):

Protocol - Hardware Windows®XP

Professional

Windows® 7

32-bit and 64-bit

editions

Windows®8

32-bit and 64-bit

editions

Ethway - Ethernet

Fip - FPC10 ISA card

Fip - FPC20 PCMCIA card

Fip adaptor - CUSBFIP

ISAway - PCX57 ISA card

Modbus Serial - COM port

PCIway - Atrium TPCI57 PCI card

Uni-Telway - COM port

Uni-Telway - SCP114 PCMCIA card

USB for high end PLC

XIP - XWay on TCP/IP

Driver available Driver not available

Upgrade kits for Concept, PL7 Pro and ProWORX software

The Concept, PL7 Pro and ProWORX upgrade kits allow users who already have

one of these programs from the installed base, and who have a current subscription,

to obtain Unity Pro version V4.1 software at a reduced price.

These upgrades are only available for licenses of the same type (e.g. from Concept

XL group license to Unity Pro Extra Large group license).

Composition and Windows® OS compatibility

Unity Pro multilingual software packages are compatible with Windows XP (32-bit),

Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) and Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) (2) operating

systems.

They include:

bDocumentation in electronic format in six languages (English, French, German,

Italian, Spanish and Chinese)

bConverters for converting applications created with Concept and PL7 Pro

programming software

bPLC simulator

Cables for connecting the processor to the programming PC must be ordered

separately.

(1) Also available separately under reference TLXCDDRV20M.

(2) Windows 8 can be used only in Windows 7 compatibility mode.

Functions (continued)

Selection guide:

page 4/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/17

Unity Pro update

Customers are notied automatically when a new Unity Pro update becomes

available.

They can then access the software updates manager directly, download the update

and install it locally on their workstation.

Note: The latest rmware versions can be downloaded from our website

www.schneider-electric.com.

Functions (continued) Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Selection guide:

page 4/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/18

References

Unity Pro software packages

These software packages are for programming and setting up Unity automation

platforms. The software is available in three versions:

bUnity Pro Small UNYPROSP80 (see page 4/18).

bUnity Pro Large UNYPROLP80 (see page 4/19).

bUnity Pro Extra Large UNYPROXLP80 (see page 4/20).

Upgrade kits for Concept, PL7 Pro and ProWORX software

These upgrade kits allow users who already have these software programs from the

installed base and who have a current subscription to obtain Unity Pro version

V8.0 software at a reduced price. These upgrades are only available for licenses of

the same type (e.g. from Concept XL group license to Unity Pro Extra Large group

license). See page 4/20.

Subscription renewal of Unity Pro software packages

If the user renews the subscription support before the end of renewal date:

bThe new subscription period starts automatically at the end of the previous one.

bNew versions of the software are sent to the customer during the subscription

period.

Expired subscription renewal of Unity Pro software packages (1)

If the user renews the subscription after the end of the renewal date:

bThe latest version of the software is sent to the customer.

bThe customer must register within three months for the new subscription period.

bThe new subscription period starts at the time of registration.

bNew versions of the software are sent to the customer during the subscription

period.

bThere is no subscription support during the time elapsed between the two

periods.

Composition and Windows OS compatibility

Unity Pro multilingual software packages are compatible with Windows XP (32-bit),

Windows Vista Business Edition (32-bit) and Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)

operating systems. The packages comprise:

bA Unity Pro V8.0 DVD in six languages (English, French, German, Italian,

Spanish and Chinese).

bA Unity Loader V8.0 CD.

bAn Advantys V8.0 conguration software CD.

bA DVD containing the documentation in electronic format in six languages

(English, French, German, Italian, Spanish and Chinese).

bA one-year service subscription.

Unity Pro Small version 8.0 software

For Modicon M340: All models

For distributed I/O: Modicon ETB, TM7, OTB, STB, Momentum

Unity Pro Small version 8.0 software packages (1) (2)

Description License type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Unity Pro Small

software packages

Single (1 station) UNYSPUSFUCD80 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUSFGCD80 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUSFTCD80 –

Software upgrades from:

- Concept S

- PL7 Micro

- ProWORX NxT/32 Lite

Single (1 station) UNYSPUSZUCD80 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUSZGCD80 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUSZTCD80 –

License type extensions for Unity Pro Small version 8.0

From To Reference Weight

kg/lb

Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) UNYSPUSZUGCD80 –

Group (3 stations) Team (10 stations) UNYSPUSZGTCD80 –

(1) Automatic renewals for Unity Pro new versions are possible during 1st year of subscription.

Please contact our Customer Care Center for more information.

(2) For compatibility of Unity software/automation platforms and distributed I/O, refer to the

selection guide on page 4/2.

Unity Pro

Selection guide:

page 4/2

References Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/19

References (continued) Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Unity Pro Large version 8.0 software

For Modicon M340: All models

For Modicon M580: BMEP5810/5820/5830

For Modicon Premium: TSX571p…4p

For Modicon Quantum: 140CPU31110/43412U/53414U

For distributed I/O: Modicon ETB, TM7, OTB, STB, Momentum

Unity Pro Large version 8.0 software packages (1) (2)

Description License type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Unity Pro Large

software packages

Single (1 station) UNYSPULFUCD80 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPULFGCD80 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPULFTCD80 –

Facility (y 100 stations) UNYSPULFFCD80 –

Software upgrades from:

- Concept S, M

- PL7 Micro, Junior, Pro

- ProWORX NxT/32 Lite

Single (1 station) UNYSPULZUCD80 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPULZGCD80 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPULZTCD80 –

Facility (y 100 stations) UNYSPULZFCD80 –

License type extensions for Unity Pro Large version 8.0

From To Reference Weight

kg/lb

Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) UNYSPULZUGCD80 –

Group (3 stations) Team (10 stations) UNYSPULZGTCD80 –

Upgrade to Unity Pro Large from Unity Pro Small

Type of upgrade

The number of stations is unchanged

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Small to Large Single (1 station) UNYSPULZSUCD80 –

Small to Large Group (3 stations) UNYSPULZSGCD80 –

Small to Large Team (10 stations) UNYSPULZSTCD80 –

Upgrade to Unity Pro Large from Unity Pro Medium

Type of upgrade

The number of stations is unchanged

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Small to Large Single (1 station) UNYSPULZMUCD80 –

Small to Large Group (3 stations) UNYSPULZMGCD80 –

Small to Large Team (10 stations) UNYSPULZMTCD80 –

(1) For compatibility of Unity software/automation platforms and distributed I/O, refer to the

selection guide on page 4/2.

(2) Automatic renewals for Unity Pro new versions are possible during 1st year of subscription.

Please contact our Customer Care Center for more information.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/20

Unity Pro

Selection guide:

page 4/2

References (continued) Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Unity Pro Extra Large version 8.0 software

For Modicon M340: All models

For Modicon M580: All models

For Modicon Premium: TSX571p...6p

For Modicon Quantum: 140CPU31110/43412U/53414U/65150/65160/65260/67160/67260/67261

For distributed I/O: Modicon ETB, TM7, OTB, STB, Momentum

Unity Pro Extra Large version 8.0 software packages (1) (2)

Description License type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Unity Pro Extra Large

software packages

Single (1 station) UNYSPUEFUCD80 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEFGCD80 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEFTCD80 –

Facility (y 100 stations) UNYSPUEFFCD80 –

Software upgrades from:

- Concept S, XL

- PL7 Micro, Junior, Pro

- ProWORX NxT Lite, Full

- ProWORX 32 Lite, Full

Single (1 station) UNYSPUEZUCD80 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEZGCD80 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEZTCD80 –

Facility (y 100 stations) UNYSPUEZFCD80 –

License type extensions for Unity Pro Extra Large

From To Reference Weight

kg/lb

Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEZUGCD80 –

Group (3 stations) Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEZGTCD80 –

Upgrade to Unity Pro Extra Large from Unity Pro Large

Type of upgrade

The number of stations is unchanged

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Large to Pro Extra Large Single (1 station) UNYSPUEZLUCD80 –

Large to Pro Extra Large Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEZLGCD80 –

Large to Pro Extra Large Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEZLTCD80 –

Unity Pro Extra Large Educational version 8.0 software packages (1) (2)

Description License type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Unity Pro Educational

software package

Facility (y 100 stations) UNYSPUEEFCD80 –

(1) For compatibility of Unity software/automation platforms and distributed I/O, refer to Unity Pro

Extra Large in the selection guide on page 4/3.

(2) Automatic renewals for Unity Pro new versions are possible during 1st year of subscription.

Please contact our Customer Care Center for more information.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/21

References (continued) Software

Unity Pro software

Small/Large/Extra Large

Accessories for connecting to the PC programming terminal

Description Use Length

m/ft

Reference Weight

kg/lb

From processor port To PC port

PC terminal

connection

cables

(PC to PLC)

(1)

USB mini B port

BMXP341000/20p0/20p02

BMEP58pppp

USB port 1.8/

5.91

BMXXCAUSBH018 0.065/

0.143

4.5/

14.8

BMXXCAUSBH045 0.110/

0.243

Mini-DIN port

Premium TSX571p/2p/3p/4pRS 232D

(9-way

SUB-D

connector)

2.5/

8.20

TSXPCX1031 0.170/

0.375

USB port

(USB/

RS 485

converter)

0.4/

1.31

TSXCUSB485

(2)

0.144/

0.318

USB port

(mini-DIN/

RJ45

cordset)

2.5/

8.20

TSXCRJMD25

(2)

0.150/

0.331

Modbus port

15-way SUB-D Quantum

140CPU31110

140CPU43412A

140CPU53414B

RS 232D

(9-way

SUB-D

connector)

3.7/

12.1

990NAA26320 0.300/

0.661

15/

49.2

990NAA26350 0.180/

0.397

USB port

Premium TSX575p/6p

Quantum 140CPU6p1

USB port 3.3/

10.8

UNYXCAUSB033 –

Modbus port, RJ45 connector

Quantum 140CPU6p1

RJ 45

connector

1/

3.28

110XCA28201 –

3/

9.84

110XCA28202 –

6/

19.7

110XCA28203 –

PC terminal

connection

cables

(PC SUB-D

to

Modicon STB

I/O)

HE13 connector Modicon

STB I/O network interface

module (NIM)

RS 232D

(3)

(9-way

SUB-D

connector)

2/

6.56

STBXCA4002 0.210/

0.463

USB/SUB-D

adaptor

(PC USB to

Modicon STB

I/O)

HE13 connector Modicon

STB I/O network interface

module (NIM) with

STBXCA4002 cable (4)

USB port

(4)

–SR2CBL06 0.185/

0.408

Description Use Reference Weight

kg/lb

Universal

Bluetooth®

interface

(UBI)

Provides Bluetooth® connectivity for products

such as the Modicon M340/Premium platforms

and Altivar/Lexium servo drives, via their serial port

(RS 485).

Used for setting-up and maintenance of products.

Designed for permanent installation and can be

tted on the inside or outside of electrical

enclosures.

bProtocols supported: Modbus and Uni-Telway

bPowered via the product’s RS 485 serial port

bMax. range in direct line of sight: 20 m/65.6 ft

The kit comprises:

bA Universal Bluetooth® interface (UBI)

bAn RJ45/mini-DIN cable (length 1 m/3.28 ft)

bAn RJ45/RJ45 cable (length 1 m/3.28 ft)

bA xing clamp for installation inside the electrical

enclosure

bA CD with conguration software and user

manual

TCSWAAC13FB 0.320/

0.705

(1) The 490NTW00002 and 490NTW00002U RJ45 ConneXium cables (2 m/6.56 ft) can be used

to connect the PC to the SERVICE port of M580 CPUs or X80 drop. Please consult our

website www.schneider-electric.com.

(2) The TSXCUSB485 converter requires use of the TSXCRJMD25 mini-DIN/RJ45 cordset.

(3) Use the SR2CBL06 cable for connection on a USB port (4).

(4) Adaptor equipped with a USB connector (PC side) and a 9-way SUB-D connector

(STBXCA4002 cable side); requires the STBXCA4002 cable (9-way SUB-D/HE 13) for

connection to the HE13 connector on the Modicon STB NIM.

TSXPCX1031

BMXXCAUSBH0pp

TSXCUSB485

TCSWAAC13FB

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/22

Presentation

Unity EFB Toolkit is the software for developing EFs and EFBs in “C” programming

language. As an option with Unity Pro, it can be used to extend the standard Unity

Pro function blocks in order to increase functionality. This software comes with

Microsoft Visual Studio, which can be used to debug the function blocks developed

in the Unity Pro PLC simulator. Unity EFB Toolkit also includes a service for creating

and managing families of function blocks and integrating them in Unity Pro.

Setup

Unity EFB Toolkit manages the whole process of developing Unity Pro function

blocks:

bUser-friendly graphical user interface with automatic le organization

bPowerful tools for testing and debugging

bManagement of compatibilities and software versions of created functions

bGeneration of executable les for subsequent installation of functions on different

Unity Pro stations

Managing function block families

The software can be used to create function block families. The function blocks

developed, also known as EFs/EFBs, are stored in families. This makes it possible to

create an organized library of functions written in “C” language. Once created, these

function block families are installed on the Unity Pro stations for the purpose of

extending the standard Unity Pro libraries. Integration in Unity Pro can be executed

from Unity EFB Toolkit or via the tool for updating Unity Pro libraries, which allows

these families to be distributed without the use of any other software.

Developing function blocks

The EFB Toolkit software allows the user to create a function block as follows:

bDeclaration of the function block interface in the same way as for the DFBs in

Unity Pro

bDenition of all data types needed (elementary, structures, tables)

bSupport of public and private variables

bGeneration of all les and the block “C” coding frame (the user only adds

functionality to this frame)

bGranting access to numerous internal PLC services, such as the real-time clock,

PLC variables and data, system words and math functions, including high-precision

numerical processing in “double” format

bStructure of the function block family (compilation/link for all Unity Pro automation

platforms)

bProvision of a debugging environment: the function blocks created can easily be

debugged in Microsoft Visual Studio by downloading a Unity Pro application

containing the function developed in the Unity Pro PLC simulator. The debugging

functions in Microsoft Visual Studio, especially breakpoints, step-by-step operations,

display of the code/data and manipulation of the data, can be accessed without

restriction.

bSupport for managing Unity Pro versions, important during the function block

maintenance phase

Note: GNU compiler is used to generate the code for a Modicon M340, M580 and Momentum

platform. It is supplied with the Unity EFB Toolkit.

Compatibility

Unity EFB Toolkit is compatible with Unity Pro Small, Large and Extra Large. EFs

and EFBs can be developed for Modicon Premium, Quantum, M340, M580 and

Momentum platforms.

The latest available EFB Toolkit version is V8.0:

bOS compatibility Windows®7(32-bit, 64-bit) and Windows® X P.

bMinimum supported version of Unity Pro is V6.0 and above if installation is on the

same system.

bThe generated libraries can be installed on lower Unity Pro versions with different

systems.

Presentation,

setup

Software

Unity Pro software

Unity EFB Toolkit software

Unity EFB Toolkit

EFB Toolkit: Managing function block families

EFB Toolkit: Editor

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/23

References

Unity EFB Toolkit and its documentation are supplied in electronic format on

DVD-ROM in English.

EFB Toolkit package includes:

bUnity EFB Toolkit DVD

bGNU Compiler CD

bMS Visual Studio DVD

Description Type Language Reference Weight

kg/lb

Unity EFB Toolkit

software

Single license

(1 station)

English (software and

electronic documentation)

UNYSPUZFUCD80 –

Software

Unity Pro software

Unity EFB Toolkit software

References

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/24

Presentation

Unity DIF is a companion software for Unity Pro. It compares two Unity Pro

applications and displays an exhaustive list of the differences. The differences are

displayed graphically and textually based on the type of program/section chosen.

Unity DIF improves productivity during the main life stages of a control system,

mainly during development and debugging of applications and commissioning,

operation and maintenance of the installation.

Software setup

Unity DIF compares two Unity Pro application les (XEF, ZEF, STU and STA) and

detects anything ADDED, DELETED and MODIFIED. The user interface and

graphical representation of differences are similar to Unity Pro for consistency and

ease of understanding the differences.

Unity DIF can be launched in several ways:

bFrom Unity Pro

bFrom the Windows Start menu

bFrom a command line interface

The user interface and graphical representation of differences are similar to

Unity Pro graphics for consistency and ease of detecting the differences.

Unity DIF can provide differences for the following sections:

bPLC Conguration (Hardware and Network)

bDerived Data Types

bDerived FB Types

bVariables and FB Instance

bMotion

bCommunication

bPrograms

bAnimation Table

bOperator Screen

bDTM Catalog

bProject Settings

The result of the comparison can be displayed in the user interface, printed or saved

in .pdf and .txt le format.

Windows® OS Compatibility

Unity DIF V8.0 is compatible with Windows XP (32-bit), Windows 7 (32-bit and

64-bit), Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) and Windows Server 2008 R2 (64-bit).

Comparison (1)

The base and compared les should be selected by the user, and the comparison

results will be displayed with respect to the base le as reference.

Before initiating comparison, the user can select his preference of required section

for comparison.

Displaying results

Upon comparison, the section summary will be loaded with the complete list. The user can

navigate through the browser tree or using the F7 and F8 keys.

The differences will be highlighted in three different colors signifying Added, Deleted or

Modied types. Colors can be customized as per the user’s preference. The detailed report

can be generated through Print or can be Saved for later reference.

Unity DIF also supports command line processing and .txt report generation for interfacing

with Partner software.

(1) Comparison of STU and STA requires Unity Pro to be available.

Software

Unity Pro software

Unity DIF software

Presentation,

setup

Unity DIF

Selection of elements to compare

Displaying results

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/25

References

This Unity DIF software is used to compare two Unity applications generated by

Unity Pro software version V2.1 or later.

Compatibility: All Unity Pro packages and platforms are supported.

Description Language Type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Unity DIF software English (software

and electronic

documentation)

Single

license

(1 station)

UNYDFFXZZSPA80

(1)

–

(1) Available on our website www.schneider-electric.com.

Software

Unity Pro software

Unity DIF software

References

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/26

Software

Unity Pro software

Unity Loader software

Presentation

Unity Loader is companion software to Unity Pro and is used to perform maintenance

operations on automation applications. Its easy setup and the small size of its

executable make it a vital tool for updating Unity Pro projects without needing to use

Unity Pro. It can also be used for updating the embedded software on Modicon

M340, M580 or Momentum Unity PLCs or on Modicon X80 I/O modules. It performs

the following main functions:

bTransferring automation project components, such as the program and data, from

the PC to the PLC or the PLC to the PC

bTransferring les and user Web pages stored in the memory card of Modicon

M340 PLCs

bTransferring the rmware from the PC to Modicon M340, M580 or Momentum

Unity PLCs or to Modicon X80 I/O modules

Software graphic interface

The interface is easy to use and has four tabs for access to different operations:

bThe “Project” tab manages the transfer of projects (program and data) between

the PC and the PLC CPU. The software transfers the program (application le

format: .stu; archive le format: .sta) and data (located and unlocated; data le

format: .dat) of a Unity Pro project in both directions. The program and data les

created by Unity Loader are compatible with Unity Pro. When it is connected to the

PLC, Unity Loader displays the information associated with the data read in the PLC.

This information is displayed on the PC for the selected les. The user decides which

project elements will be transferred by a single command after validation of the

required transfers.

vModicon M340 PLCs and BMXRMSpp8MFP memory card only: the les and user

Web pages can be transferred from the memory card to the PC and vice versa.

vBMXNOE0110 with ash memory card only: Web pages stored in the ash

memory can be transferred from the module to the PC and vice versa.

bThe “Firmware” tab can be used to update the rmware in the Modicon M340,

M580 or Momentum Unity PLCs or on Modicon X80 I/O modules. The screen

displays the detailed content of the rmware versions existing in the module and on

the PC. Firmware updating works in the same way as project transfers.

bThe “Options” tabs is used to congure the working environment, especially the

location of les on the PC and the selection of one of the six languages supported

(English, French, German, Italian, Spanish and Chinese) for the user interface and

online help.

bThe “About…” tab displays information about the software.

Note: Regardless of which tab is selected, the connection status with the PLC is continuously

displayed, together with commands for connection/disconnection and changing the PLC

operating mode.

Modicon M340 PLC and BMXRMSpp8MFP memory card only

The Unity Loader software can download the project les and the rmware (PLC or

module) onto a ash memory card (BMXRMSpp8MFP only) plugged into the PLC

CPU.

This rmware download can then be used to update a remote Modicon M340 PLC.

Automation of Unity Loader commands

Projects can be downloaded/uploaded between a PLC and a supervisory station

equipped with Unity Loader software by means of a command le included in the

supervisory application.

Presentation

Unity Loader

Unity Loader: Project tab

Unity Loader: Firmware tab

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/27

Software

Unity Pro software

Unity Loader software

Communication between the PC and the PLC

Unity Loader supports the following PC-to-PLC communication:

bModicon Quantum Unity Pro PLCs: Modbus communication, transfer of project

components only

bModicon Premium Unity Pro PLCs: Unitelway communication, transfer of project

components only

bModicon M340, M580 or Momentum Unity PLCs or Modicon X80 I/O modules:

communication via Ethernet and USB ports, transfer of project components and

rmware. See the table below:

Reference Type of module Ethernet port USB port

BMXP342000 M340 CPU with Modbus

BMXP342010/20103 M340 CPU with CANopen

BMXP342020 M340 CPU with integrated

Ethernet port

BMXP342030/20302

BMXNOE0100/0110 X80 module Ethernet

Modbus/TCP

BMXAMI/ART/AMO/AMM X80 module Analog I/O

BMXEHC0200/0800 X80 module Counter

BMXMSP0200 X80 module Motion

control

BMEP58

10XX/20XX/30XX/40XX

M580 CPUs

BMXNOC0402 (1) M580 local

communication module

171CBU78090 Momentum Unity CPU

with integrated port

171CBU98090/

171CBU98091

Momentum Unity CPU

with integrated port

Supported Supported if CPU has integrated Ethernet port

For Ethernet networks, Unity Loader contains a network scanner which can be used

to scan a range of network addresses. Once a recognized Modicon M340, M580 or

Momentum Unity PLC has been selected, data transfer operations can be

performed.

References

Unity Loader is supplied with Unity Pro Small, Large and Extra Large.

It can also be downloaded free of charge from our website

www.schneider-electric.com, download section.

Compatibility:

Unity Loader is independent of Unity Pro and compatible with Modicon M340, M580

or Momentum Unity PLCs, Unity Pro Quantum PLCs via Modbus and Unity Pro

Premium PLC via Unitelway. The program les and PLC data les are compatible

between Unity Pro and Unity Loader.

Description Type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Unity Loader software Single license

(1 station)

Software can be downloaded

free of charge from our website

www.schneider-electric.com

–

(1) The BMXNOC0402 communication module will be replaced by the BMENOC03p1 modules

during the 2nd quarter of 2014.

Presentation (continued),

references

Unity Loader

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/28

Software

Unity Pro software

Specic libraries

Presentation

Presentation

The CONT_CTL process control function block library supplied with Unity Pro

software can be supplemented with optional specialized libraries so as to meet

specic needs such as:

bPredictive control

bFuzzy logic controller

bHVAC

bMass ow calculation

Fuzzy Control Library

This library is used in particular in the water treatment eld, for example for

controlling chlorine levels in fresh water pools or controlling water levels in high-level

reservoirs.

Flow Calculation Library

This library is used in the vertical Oil & Gas eld, for measuring the gas ow in

compliance with the American Gas Association (AGA) standard. This version of the

library includes the AGA3, AGA7 and AGA8 function blocks.

TeSys Library

This library provides function blocks for TeSys T and TeSys U starter-controllers for

M340 and Premium platforms.

It includes function blocks and a help function for Unity Pro.

PCR Library for Unity Pro and Concept

This library is used for predictive control of process applications.

Originally developed for reactors, predictive control can be used in other industrial

sectors.

Schneider Electric’s Companion Unity & Libraries team works in partnership with the

French company Sherpa Engineering, who specialize in predictive control

consultancy services.

Heating Ventilation & Air Conditioning Library

This library is used in the HVAC eld and deals with repetitive temperature control

and humidity problems using ventilation equipment.

System Library for Unity Pro

This library offers functional blocks that are derived from Devices and Process

Library but only has Unity Pro components (DFBs).

The Devices and Process Library supports several Schneider Electric devices

including TeSys T and TeSys U starters-controllers, Modicon STB distributed inputs/

outputs, power meters, Altivar variable speed drives, Icla and Lexium integrated

drives, SEPAM digital protection relays, various eldbus communications and other

standard objects for motors.

There are approximately 100 objects in the library.

Unity specific Libraries

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/29

Software

Unity Pro software

Specic libraries

Specic libraries depending on the software used

Specic libraries depending on the software used (see below) can be ordered

separately.

Control libraries

Description Target

software

Type Reference Weight

kg/lb

PCR Library Unity Pro

and

Concept

Single

license

(1 station)

UNYLPCZAUWB –

Fuzzy Control Library Unity Pro Single

license

(1 station)

UNYLFZZAUWB12 –

TeSys Library UNYLTSZAUWB10 –

Heating Ventilation & Air

Conditioning Library

UNYLHVZAUWB10 –

Flow Calculation Library UNYLAGZAUWB20 –

System Library UNYLSYSFU –

System libraries for Unity Pro

Description Target

software

Type Reference Weight

kg/lb

Enhanced Process Library (1) UAG Single

license

(1 station)

UAGSBTCFUCD10 –

Devices and Process Library (1) UAGSBTDFUWB13 –

(1) Compatible with Unity Pro V5.0 max. For Unity Pro u V6.0, please consult our Customer Care

Center.

References

Unity specific Libraries

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/30

Presentation

Based on the OLE for Process Control (OPC) standard, Schneider Electric's OPC

Factory Server (OFS) software allows “client” software applications, such as

supervisors/SCADA and customized interfaces, to access the data of Schneider

Electric automation system and electrical distribution devices connected to networks

or eldbuses in real time.

It also allows communication with third-party devices supporting Modbus and

Modbus/TCP protocols.

OFS enables simpler, more open and transparent communication between your

software applications and your devices. These are just some of the advantages that

result in a complete interoperability solution that is central to your process.

In version V3.5, the OFS data server integrates the following specications:

bOPC-DA (OPC Data Access)

b.NET API interface

bOPC XML-DA V1.0 (OPC XML Data Access)

bOPC-UA (OPC Unied Architecture)

There are two versions of the OFS V3.5 offer:

bOFS Small: Data server for 1000 items (1) supporting the OPC-DA and OPC-UA

protocols (OPC XML-DA protocol not supported).

bOFS Large: Data server with an unlimited number of items (1) supporting the

OPC-DA, OPC XML-DA and OPC-UA protocols.

Devices and protocols supported

OFS software is a multi-device data server: it allows simultaneous use of several

communication protocols, and it provides client applications with a set of services for

accessing control system items that may be local or remote, via physical address or

via symbol.

Devices supported:

bModicon Quantum, Premium, M340, M580, Micro, Compact and Momentum

PLCs

bSchneider Electric TSX Series 7 and April Series 1000 PLCs

bModbus serial devices connected via Schneider Electric gateways: TSXETG10pp,

EGXppp ranges, etc.

bUni-Telway serial devices connected via Schneider Electric gateways

(TSXETG1010)

Networks and protocols supported:

bModbus: Modbus serial, Modbus Plus, Modbus/TCP

bX-Way/Uni-TE: Uni-Telway, Fipway, ISAway, PCIway

Openness

The development of specialized interfaces is simpler with OFS V3.5 software, which

is aimed at two types of user in particular:

bEnd users who want either to interface their supervision or human/machine

interface applications with Schneider Electric equipment, or to develop applications

on a PC (supervisory control screens, Excel spreadsheets etc.) requiring access to

control system data.

bSuppliers of control system or industrial data processing software

(supervision, human/machine interfaces, etc.) seeking to develop, within their

standard products, an OPC Client interface capable of accessing data in Schneider

Electric equipment via the OFS server.

(1) “item”: variable, structure, table etc. in the Unity Pro application.

OPC Factory Server

Software 3

OPC data server software

OPC Factory Server

Architectures:

page 4/31

Setup:

page 4/33

Functions:

page 4/34

References:

page 4/35

Time stamping system:

page 4/36

Presentation

3

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/31

Supported architectures

The OFS server allows four access modes:

bA purely local mode

bRemote access from an OPC-DA client

bRemote access from an OPC.NET client

bRemote access from an OPC XML-DA or OPC UA clients

bRemote access from an OPC-UA client

Local access

The client application and the OFS server are on the same PC.

Remote access from an OPC-DA client

The client application and the OFS data server are on remote stations.

Communication between the client station and the OFS server is conducted through

the DCOM layer (Microsoft) via the OPC-DA protocol.

OPC Factory Server: Home page

Software 3

OPC data server software

OPC Factory Server

Architectures

0

Presentation:

page 4/30

Setup:

page 4/33

Functions:

page 4/34

References:

page 4/35

Time stamping system:

page 4/36

OFS station

Symbol data

(Unity Pro ,

Concept

or PL7)

Modbus network X-Way network

Premium M340

M580

Quantum

Remote client

application

program

DCOM

Ethernet Modbus/TCP network

Local client

applic. prog

M340Premium

M580

Quantum

Modbus network

OFS station

Local client

applic. prog Symbol data

(Unity Pro,

Concept

or PL7)

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/32

Software 3

OPC data server software

OPC Factory Server

Architectures (continued)

0

Architectures supported (continued)

Remote access from an OPC .NET client

The .NET client application program and the OFS data server are on remote

stations. Communication between the client station and the OFS server is

conducted through the DCOM layer (Microsoft) via the OPC-DA protocol.

The .NET Microsoft compatibility of the OFS server has been developed to allow an

OPC .NET client to access OFS server items on an Intranet network via the OPC

.NET API interface.

This interface provides interoperability between existing OPC applications and

applications developed in the standard .NET environment.

Remote access from an OPC XML-DA client via HTTP

The client application program and the OFS server are on remote stations, using the

SOAP protocol to communicate via the Internet in conformity with the OPC XML-DA

or OPC UA specication of the OPC Foundation.

These two protocols are designed to overcome the limitations of COM/DCOM, thus

providing:

bA standardized interface for Windows and non-Windows client applications

bBeyond the Intranet perimeter, remote access via the Internet through rewalls

The OPC XML-DA specication is based on Web Services standards such as SOAP,

XML and WSDL (1). A SOAP client can access data on the OFS server via Intranet or

Internet using the SOAP protocol in conformity with the OPC XML-DA or OPC UA

specication of the OPC Foundation.

(1) SOAP: Simple Object Access Protocol

XML: Extensible Markup Language

WSDL: Web Services Description Language

Server

OFS station

Intranet

.NET client

Ethernet Modbus/TCP networkDCOM

Site server

and OFS

station

Symbol data

(Unity Pro,

Concept or PL7)

Industrial network IIS

Internet

Industrial

PLCs

Remote client

application

program

Firewall

Presentation:

page 4/30

Setup:

page 4/33

Functions:

page 4/34

References:

page 4/35

Time stamping system:

page 4/36

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/33

Setup

3

Setup

The OFS server 1is at the center of the data exchanges. It makes variables

exchanged between the OPC client 2 and the PLC 3,consistent in one of three

ways, using a symbol (or variables) database:

bThe variables database is either the Unity Pro project 4, or the Concept project.

In both these cases, Unity Pro or Concept needs to be installed on the OFS server

station.

bOr the variables database is an export le (SCY for PL7, XVM for Unity Pro). PL7

and Unity Pro are not required in either of these cases.

bOr the variables database is the PLC itself. In this case neither Unity Pro nor an

export le is needed. This does not apply to Momentum and TSX Micro PLCs.

If an inconsistency is detected (following online modication of the PLC program for

example), OFS resynchronizes itself automatically as a background task, without

breaking communication between the PLC and the OPC client.

For this function the following minimum versions are required:

vOFS V3.35

vUnity Pro V6.0

vModicon M340 V2.3, M580 V1.0, Premium V2.9 and Quantum V3.0 PLCs

1

Ethernet Modbus/TCP

OFS server

(V3.0)

Database

Symbols.xvm (Unity Pro)

Symbols.prj (Concept)

Symbols.scy (PL7)

3Premium

3M340

3M580

3Quantum

Ethernet Modbus/TCP

4

Unity Pro

project

station

2OPC client

Presentation:

page 4/30

Architectures:

page 4/31

Functions:

page 4/34

References:

page 4/35

Time stamping system:

page 4/36

Software 3

OPC data server software

OPC Factory Server

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/34

Software 3

OPC data server software

OPC Factory Server

Functions

3

Function

Development of client applications

OFS software has 4 types of interface:

bOLE Automation interface (OPC-DA)

Particularly suitable for end users, this enables the development of OPC client

applications in Visual Basic, in Visual Basic for Excel, and in C++.

bOLE Custom interface (OPC-DA)

Used primarily by suppliers of automated control system or industrial IT products,

this interface enables the development of applications in C++ in order to access the

OFS software OPC server. It is aimed at software development experts in particular,

so that they can integrate the client application into their standard products. It is the

interface with the highest performance, in terms of access time to data stored in the

OPC server. It requires extensive knowledge of C++ programming to set up.

bOPC .NET API wrapper interface

The .NET Microsoft compatibility of the OFS data server gives an OPC .NET client

standard access to OFS server items via an Intranet network, thus providing greater

interoperability with standard .NET environments.

Note: In this case, communication between the OPC .NET client and the OFS server is

conducted through the DCOM layer (or COM layer in a local conguration) via the OPC-DA

protocol.

bOPC XML-DA interface (1)

The OPC XML-DA V1.0 specications are designed to overcome the limitations of

the OPC-DA specication and COM/DCOM by providing:

vAn interface for Windows and non-Windows client applications

vRemote access via the Internet through rewalls (beyond the Intranet perimeter)

The OPC XML-DA specication is based on Web Services standards such as SOAP,

XML, WSDL. A SOAP client can access data on the OFS server via Intranet or

Internet using the SOAP protocol in conformity with the OPC XML-DA V1.01

specication of the OPC Foundation.

bThe OPC-UA interface

This interface is aimed at users with software that includes an OPC-UA client

interface. This interface is based on the same communication standards as the OPC

XML-DA interface and offers the same advantages as it, which are:

vAn interface with Windows and non-Windows applications

vRemote access, via the Internet, through a rewall

(1) Available only with the Large version of OPC Factory Server.

Presentation:

page 4/30

Architectures:

page 4/31

Setup:

page 4/33

References:

page 4/35

Time stamping system:

page 4/36

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/35

Software 3

OPC data server software

OPC Factory Server

References

3

OPC Factory Server

References

OFS V3.5 software for PC compatible stations (minimum conguration: Pentium

566 MHz processor, 128 Mb of RAM) running Windows® 7 (32-bit or 64-bit) or

Windows 8 (32-bit or 64-bit).

The OFS V3.5 offer comprises:

bOPC server software

bOPC server simulator (for debugging the application when no PLCs are present)

bOFS server conguration software

bAn example of OPC client for setting up applications

bThe setup documentation on DVD-ROM

bA reference document on “time stamping system” solutions

bA tool to help with sizing and conguring “time stamping system” solutions

Supplied on DVD-ROM, the software operates independently on a PC. It interfaces

with the variable export les generated by PL7, ProWORX, Concept, and Unity Pro

software.

It also provides a direct dynamic link to the Unity Pro and Concept applications.

OFS V3.5 software is available in two versions:

bSmall Version TLXCDSpOFS35

vMaximum of 1000 items (1)

vProtocols supported: OPC-DA and OPC-UA

vSingle station and 10-station site licenses

bLarge Version TLXCDLpOFS35

vUnlimited number of items (1)

vProtocols supported: OPC-DA, OPC XML-DA and OPC-UA

vSingle station, 10-station and 200-station site licenses

OPC Factory Server V3.5 Small

Description License type Reference Weight

kg/lb

OPC Factory Server

V3.5 Small software

bMaximum of 1000

items (1)

bProtocols supported:

OPC-DA and OPC-UA

Single station TLXCDSUOFS35 –

10 stations TLXCDSTOFS35 –

OPC Factory Server V3.5 Large

Description License type Reference Weight

kg/lb

OPC Factory Server

V3.5 Large software

bUnlimited number of

items (1)

bProtocols supported:

OPC-DA, OPC XML-DA

and OPC-UA

Single station TLXCDLUOFS35 –

10 stations TLXCDLTOFS35 –

200 stations TLXCDLFOFS35 –

(1) “item”: variable, structure, table etc. in the Unity Pro application.

Presentation:

page 4/30

Architectures:

page 4/31

Setup:

page 4/33

Functions:

page 4/34

Time stamping system:

page 4/36

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/36

Presentation

The time stamping system is a complete solution providing a SCADA with a

sequence of events that are time-stamped at source, enabling the user to analyze

the source of any abnormal behavior in an automated system.

The SOE (sequence of events) is displayed in the alarm log or in the list of events for

a client such as a SCADA.

Each event in the SOE is a change of value (transition) of a discrete I/O detected by

a time stamping module.

Advantages

Using the time stamping system has the following advantages:

bNo PLC programming

bDirect communication between the time stamping modules and the client. If the

time stamping modules are in a Quantum Ethernet I/O drop, the bandwidth of the

PLC communication is not used

bConsistency of the I/O values between the process (time stamping modules) and

the client

bConsistency is maintained irrespective of the operating mode

bNo loss of events under normal operating conditions

bManagement of Hot Standby congurations on the PLC and/or SCADA

redundancy

Composition of a time stamping architecture

BMXCRA31210 and BMECRA31210 modules

This time stamping module can be at the source of any discrete I/O signal located in

the drop with a resolution of 10 ms.

To avoid losing any events, all events are stored and kept in a buffer located in the

product until OFS takes them.

Synchronization of the CRA module uses the NTP protocol.

BMXERT1604T module

This module has 16 discrete inputs which carry out the time stamping at source

outputs with a resolution of 1 ms.

To avoid losing any events, all events are stored and kept in a buffer located in the

product until OFS takes them.

This module can be placed either in an RIO drop, or in a local rack equipped with a

BM●CRA31210 module.

The CRA module is synchronized via the DCF 77 or IRIG-B standards.

OFS V3.50

OFS V3.50 is used to access events stored in the various buffers in the architecture

and to notify the SCADA of them via the standard OPC DA protocol.

Vijeo Citect V7.30

Vijeo Citect V7.30 receives events transmitted by OFS and displays them in the SOE

or in the list of alarms.

Presentation:

page 4/30

Architectures:

page 4/31

Setup:

page 4/33

Functions:

page 4/34

References:

page 4/35

Software 3

OPC data server software

Time stamping system

Presentation

Routing function via

Quantum NOC control

head 140 NOC 78 100

or external router

Modicon

Quantum drops

Modicon

Quantum drops

Modicon

Quantum drops

OFS server

Vijeo Citect

alarm

terminal

Quantum CPU

Ethernet

Ethernet

BMX-CRA1

event

memory

BMX-CRA2

event

memory

BMX-CRA3

event

memory

BMX-ERT1

event

memory

BMX-ERT

event

memory

BMX-ERT

event

memory

Example of a Time stamping architecture

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

4/37

Presentation:

page 4/30

Architectures:

page 4/31

Setup:

page 4/33

Functions:

page 4/34

References :

page 4/35

Performance

Performance Event source

module

Value

Between two identical source modules in

the same rack

BMXERT1604T 1.6 < resolution < 3.3 ms

BM●CRA31210 10 ms

Between two different inputs in the same

source module

BMXERT1604T 1 ms

BM●CRA31210 1 scan

Maximum number of events scanned BMXERT1604T 400 events (1)

BM●CRA31210 2048 events (1)

Maximum number of I/O and memory

available

BMXERT1604T 16 discrete inputs on module

512 events in internal buffer

BM●CRA31210 256 discrete I/O congured

4000 events in internal buffer

Maximum number of source modules in an

Ethernet remote drop

BM●CRA31210 1 per drop

BMXERTpppp 9 per drop

Maximum number of event sources

controlled

BMXERTpppp 500 sources per second (1)

(1) This maximum value is not an absolute value. It depends on the overall system dynamics

(total number of scanned items and number of events generated by the system).

Software 3

OPC data server software

Time stamping system

Performance

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

5/0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

5/1

Contents

Treatment for severe environnements

b Presentation...........................................................................................page 5/2

b Harsh chemical environnements .........................................................page 5/2

b Extreme climatic environnements ....................................................... page 5/2

Ruggedized processor modules

b References .............................................................................................page 5/3

Ruggedized racks and rack expansion module

b References .............................................................................................page 5/4

Ruggedized communication module and network gateway

b References .............................................................................................page 5/5

5 - Ruggedized Modicon M580

modules

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

5/2

Presentation Modicon M580 automation platform

Treatment for severe environments

Ruggedized modules

Presentation

Protective treatment of Modicon M580 automation platform

The Modicon M580 automation platform complies with “TC” treatment requirements

(Treatment for all Climates). it is designed as standard to operate in temperatures of

0 to + 60°C/32 to 140°F.

For installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding

to “TH” (Treatment for Hot and humid environments), devices should be housed in

enclosures providing at least IP 54 protection as specied by standard

IEC/EN 60529, or an equivalent level of protection according to NEMA 250.

The Modicon M580 automation platform offers IP 20 degree of protection (1). It can

therefore be installed without an enclosure in restricted access areas that do not

exceed pollution level 2 (control room with no dust-producing machinery or

activity). Pollution level 2 does not take account of harsher environments, such as

those where the air is polluted with dust, fumes, corrosive or radioactive particles,

vapors or salts, molds, insects, etc.

Treatment for more severe environments

If the Modicon M580 automation platform has to be used in more severe

environments or is required to start and operate in an extended temperature range,

from - 25°C to + 70°C/- 13°F to 158°F, the “ruggedized” offer features industrially

hardened processor modules, X-bus and X-bus + Ethernet racks, rack expansion

modules and communication modules that have a protective coating on their circuit

boards.

Note: Capable of starting within an extended temperature range (from - 25°C to + 70°C/

- 13°F to 158°F, a single-rack conguration is also able to operate at extremely low

temperatures (to - 40°C/-40 °F) if placed in an appropriate enclosure. Please consult our

Customer Care Center.

This treatment increases the isolation capability of the circuit boards and their

resistance to:

bCondensation

bDusty atmospheres (conducting foreign particles)

bChemical corrosion, in particular during use in sulphurous atmospheres (oil

renery, purication plant, etc.) or atmospheres containing halogens (chlorine, etc.)

This protection, combined with appropriate installation and maintenance, enables

Modicon M580 automation products to be used in the following environments:

Harsh chemical environments:

vIEC/EN 60721-3-3 class 3C3:

-14 days; 25°C/77°F relative humidity 75%

-Concentrations (mm3/m3): H2S: 2100/SO2: 1850/Cl2: 100

vISA S71.04 classes G1 to G3:

-14 days; 25°C/77°F relative humidity 75%

-Concentrations (mm3/m3): H2S: 50/SO2: 300/Cl2: 10/NO2: 1250

vIEC/EN 60068-2-52 salt mist, Kb test severity level 2:

-3 x 24-hour cycles

-5% NaCI

-40°C/104°F relative humidity 93%

Extreme climatic environments:

vTemperatures from - 25 to + 70°C/- 13 to 158°F

vRelative humidity levels:

-up to 93% from - 25°C/- 13°F to + 60°C/140°F

-up to 95% from - 25°C/- 13°F to + 55°C/131°F

vFormation of ice

vAltitudes from 0 to 5,000 m/0 to 16,404 ft

(1) Each slot in a BMXXBP0p00H, BMEXBP0p00H or BMXXBE1000H rack is equipped as

standard with a protective cover that should only be removed when inserting a module. If any

covers are subsequently misplaced, replacements can be ordered under reference

BMXXEM010 (sold in lots of 5).

Compatibility:

page 1/14

Communication:

page 3/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

5/3

Presentation (continued),

references

Modicon M580 automation platform

Dedicated parts for severe environments

Ruggedized processor modules

Composition

References and characteristics

To order ruggedized modules and racks, see the reference pages 5/3 to 5/5 (the references of the ruggedized

products available include the sufx “H”).

The standard separate parts (cordsets, cables, sub-bases, etc.) that are compatible with the ruggedized modules

offer are listed in the reference pages (see pages 5/3 to 5/5).

The majority of operating and electrical characteristics of ruggedized modules are identical to those of their

equivalent standard versions. However, some characteristics are subject to either derating or limitation. Please

consult our website www.schneider-electric.com.

Ruggedized Modicon M580 processors

Ruggedized Modicon M580 processors

I/O capacity Maximum number

of networks

Device ports Service port Reference Weight

kg/lb

1,024 discrete I/O, 256 analog I/O

24 application-specic channels

4 MB integrated (memory program)

2 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 1BMEP581020H –

2,048 discrete I/O, 512 analog I/O

32 application-specic channels

8 MB integrated (memory program)

2 Ethernet

networks

2 DIO 1BMEP582020H –

2 RIO/DIO 1BMEP582040H –

Standard SD Memory card

Description Processor compatibility Capacity Reference Weight

kg/lb

SD memory card (optional) Any processor 4 GB (for

application

backup and

data storage)

BMXRMS004GPF 0.002/

0.004

Standard separate parts

Description Use Length

m/ft.

Reference Weight

kg/lb

From To

Terminal port/ USB cordsets Mini-B USB port

on the Modicon

M580 processor

Type A USB port on:

PC terminal,

Magelis HMI graphic

terminal

1.8/5.905 BMXXCAUSBH018 0.065/

0.143

4.5/14.764 BMXXCAUSBH045 0.110/

0.243

BMEP58ppppH

PF122552

BMXRMS004GPF

PF106120

BMXXCAUSBH0pp

PF106185

Compatibility:

page 1/14

Communication:

page 3/2

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

5/4

References Modicon M580 automation platform

Dedicated parts for severe environments

Ruggedized racks and rack expansion module

Ruggedized racks

Description Type of module to be inserted No. of

slots (1)

Power

consumption (2)

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Ruggedized X-bus racks BMEP58 processor, BMXCPS power supply,

I/O modules and application-specic

(counter and communication) modules

4 1 W BMXXBP0400H 0.630/

1.389

6 1.5 W BMXXBP0600H 0.790/

1.742

8 2 W BMXXBP0800H 0.950/

2.094

12 –BMXXBP1200H 1.270/

2.800

Ruggedized Ethernet + X-bus

racks

BMEP58 processor, BMXCPS power supply,

I/O modules and application-specic

(counter and communication) modules

4 2.8 W BMEXBP0400H 0.715/

1.576

83.9 W BMEXBP0800H 1.070/

2.359

12 3.9 W BMEXBP1200H 1.387/

3.058

Ruggedized expansion module

Description Use Reference Weight

kg/lb

Ruggedized expansion

module for ruggedized rack

(3)

Standard module to be installed in each rack (XBE slot)

Used to daisy-chain up to 4 racks

BMXXBE1000H 0.178/

0.392

Standard accessories for racks

Description For use with Sold in

lots of

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Shielding connection kits

comprising:

-a metal bar

-2 support bases

BMpXBP0400H rack –BMXXSP0400 0.280/

0.617

BMXXBP0600H rack –BMXXSP0600 0.310/

0.683

BMpXBP0800H rack –BMXXSP0800 0.340/

0.750

BMpXBP1200H rack –BMXXSP1200 0.400/

0.882

Spring clamping rings Cables, cross-section 1.5...6 mm2/AWG 16...9 10 STBXSP3010 0.050/

0.110

Cables, cross-section 5...11 mm2/AWG 10...7 10 STBXSP3020 0.070/

0.154

Protective covers

(replacement parts)

Unoccupied slots on BMpXBPpp00H rack 5BMXXEM010 0.005/

0.011

Standard cordsets and connection accessories

Description Use Composition Type of

connector

Length Reference Weight

kg/lb

X-bus extension cordsets

total length 30 m/

98.425 ft max. (3)

Between two

BMXXBE1000H rack

expansion modules

2 x 9-way

SUB-D

connectors

Angled 0.8 m/

2.625 ft

BMXXBC008K

0.165/

0.364

1.5 m/

4.921 ft

BMXXBC015K

0.250/

0.551

3 m/

9.843 ft

BMXXBC030K

0.420/

0.926

5 m/

16.404 ft

BMXXBC050K

0.650/

1.433

12 m/

39.370 ft

BMXXBC120K

1.440/

3.175

Straight 1 m/

3.281 ft

TSXCBY010K

0.160/

0.353

3 m/

9.843 ft

TSXCBY030K

0.260/

0.573

5 m/

16.404 ft

TSXCBY050K

0.360/

0.794

12 m/

39.370 ft

TSXCBY120K

1.260/

2.778

18 m/

59.055 ft

TSXCBY180K

1.860/

4.101

28 m/

91.864 ft

TSXCBY280KT

(4)

2.860/

6.305

Cable reel (3) Length of cable to be tted

with TSXCBYK9 connectors

Ends with ying leads,

2 line testers

100 m/

328.084 ft

TSXCBY1000

12.320/

27.161

Nota: For other ruggedized modules in the Modicon X80 range, please consult the “Modicon X80 I/O platform” catalogue.

(1) Number of slots taking the processor module, I/O modules and application-specic modules (excluding power supply module).

(2) Power consumption of anti-condensation resistor(s).

(3) Module and cordsets do not operate properly at temperatures lower than - 25°C/- 13°F.

(4) Cable supplied with a set of 2 TSXTVSY100 electrical transient suppressors.

Compatibility:

page 1/14

Communication:

page 3/2

BMXXBP0400H

PF106104

BMEXBP0800H

PF122507B

BMXXBE1000H

PF108119

BMXXSP0p00

+ BMXXSP30p0

PF516134

Angled connector on

extension cordsets

PF108142

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

5/5

References (continued) Modicon M580 automation platform

Dedicated parts for severe environments

Connection accessories, ruggedized communication

module and network gateway

Compatibility:

page 1/14

Communication:

page 3/2

TCSEGPA23F14FK

PF516164

BMECRA31210C

PF122504B

TSXTLYEX

PF108138

Connection accessories

Description Use Composition Reference Weight

kg/lb

Line terminator

(Sold in lots of 2)

Required on both BMEXBP/

BMXXBPppp0H modules at

each end of the daisy chain

2 x 9-way SUB-D

connectors marked A/ and /B

TSXTLYEX

0.050/

0.110

X-bus straight connectors

(Sold in lots of 2)

For ends of TSXCBY1000

cables

2 x 9-way SUB-D straight

connectors

TSXCBYK9

0.080/

0.176

Connector assembly kit Fitting TSXCBYK9 connectors 2 crimping pliers, 1 pen (1)

TSXCBYACC10

–

Communication

“Conformal Coating” EIO drop adapter

Description SERVICE port Reference Weight

kg/lb

Modicon X80 EIO drop

adapter for

Ethernet + X-bus racks

1BMECRA31210C –

Ruggedized Probus DP network gateway

Description Protocols Physical

layer

Reference Weight

kg/lb

Probus Remote Master

(PRM) module

Modbus TCP 1 Ethernet switch,

2 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports

TCSEGPA23F14FK –

Probus DP V1 and Probus

PA (via gateway)

1 isolated RS 485 Probus DP port

Standard connection accessory

Description Details RS 232 interface Reference Weight

kg/lb

Cordset for DCE terminal

(modem, etc.)

Equipped with 1 x RJ45

connector and 1 x 9-way male

SUB-D connector

Length 3 m/9.843 ft

Simplied 4-wire (RX, TX, RTS

and CTS)

TCSMCN3M4M3S2 0.150/

0.331

Full 8-wire (except RI signal) TCSXCN3M4F3S4 0.165/

0.364

(1) To t the connectors on the cable, you also need a wire stripper, a pair of scissors and a digital ohmmeter.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

6/0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

6/1

Contents

Technical appendices

b Standards, certications and environmental conditions ...................page 6/2

b Certications for automation products and EC regulations ..............page 6/6

6 - Standards and certications

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

6/2

Standards and certications

The Modicon M580 automation platform has been developed to comply with the

principal national and international standards concerning electronic equipment for

industrial automation systems.

bRequirements specic to programmable controllers: functional characteristics,

immunity, resistance, safety, etc.: IEC/EN 61131-2, UL and CSA standards for

industry (UL 508, CSA E61131-2).

bRequirements specic to power utility automation systems: IEC/EN 61850-3.

bMerchant navy requirements of the major international organizations: unied in

IACS (International Association of Classication Societies).

bCompliance with European Directives for e marking:

bLow Voltage: 2006/95/EC

bElectromagnetic Compatibility: 2004/108/EC

bEx areas:

vFor USA and Canada: Hazardous location class I, division 2, groups A,B,C and D

vFor other countries: e ATEX (directive 94/9/EC) or IECEx in dened atmosphere

Zone 2 (gas) and/or Zone 22 (dust).

vUp-to-date information on which certications have been obtained is available on

our website.

Protective treatment of the Modicon M580 automation

platform

The Modicon M580 platform meets the requirements of “TC” treatment (Treatment

for all Climates).

For installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding

to “TH” treatment (treatment for hot and humid environments), Modicon M580 must

be embedded in enclosures with minimum IP 54 protection.

The Modicon M580 automation platform offers protection to IP 20 level and

protection against pins (enclosed equipment) (1). They can therefore be installed

without an enclosure in reserved-access areas which do not exceed pollution level

2 (control room with no dust-producing machine or activity). Pollution level 2 does

not take account of more severe environmental conditions: air pollution by dust,

smoke, corrosive or radioactive particles, vapors or salts, attack by fungi, insects,

etc.

(1) In cases where a position is not occupied by a module, a BMXXEM010 protective cover must

be installed.

(e): tests required by European directives (e)and based on IEC/EN 61131-2 standards.

Characteristics

Service conditions and recommendations relating to the environment

Standards and

certications Modicon M580 automation

platform

Standards, certications and environment

conditions

Modicon M580 automation platform Modicon M580 harsh automation platform

Temperature Operation °C 0...+ 60 - 25...+ 70

Storage °C - 40...+ 85 - 40...+ 85

Relative humidity

(without condensation)

Cyclical humidity %+ 5 ... + 95 up to 55°C + 5 ... + 95 up to 55°C

Continuous humidity %+ 5 ... + 93 up to 55°C + 5 ... + 93 up to 60°C

Altitude Operation m0…2000 (full specication: temperature and isolation)

2000 ... 5000 (temperature derating: 1°C/400 m, isolation lost: 150 V c/1000 m)

Supply voltage Modicon X80 I/O power supply modules

BMXCPS2010 BMXCPS3020

BMXCPS3020H

BMXCPS3540T BMXCPS2000 BMXCPS3500

BMXCPS3500H

Nominal voltage V24 c24...48 c125 c100...240 a100...240 a

Limit voltages V18...31.2 c18...62.4 c100…150 c85...264 a85...264 a

Nominal frequencies Hz ––– 50/60 50/60

Limit frequencies Hz ––– 47/63 47/63

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

6/3

Environment tests Modicon M580 automation

platform

Standards, certications and environment

conditions

Environment tests

Name of test Standards Levels

Immunity to LF interference (e)(1)

Voltage and frequency variations IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/EN 61000-6-2; IEC 61000-4-11 0.85...1.10 Un - 0.94...1.04 Fn; 4 steps t = 30 min

IACS E10; IEC 61000-4-11 0.80 Un...0.90 Fn; 1.20 Un...1.10 Fn; t = 1.5 s/5 s

Direct voltage variations IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC 61000-4-29;

IACS E10 (PLC not connected to charging battery)

0.85...1.2 Un + ripple: 5% peak; 2 steps t = 30 min

Third Harmonic IEC/EN 61131-2 H3 (10% Un), 0°/180°; 2 steps t = 5 min

Immunity to conducted low frequency (only IACS) IACS E10 For a:

bH2…H15 (10% Un), H15…H100 (10%...1% Un),

H100…H200 (1% Un)

For c:

bH2…H200 (10% Un)

Voltage interruptions IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/EN 61000-6-2;

IEC 61000-4-11; IEC 61000-4-29; IACS E10

Power supply immunity:

b1 ms for c PS1/10 ms for a PS2

bCheck operating mode for longer interruptions

For IACS:

b30 s for a or c

IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/EN 61000-6-2;

IEC 61000-4-11

For a PS2:

b20% Un, t0: ½ period

b40% Un, cycle 10/12

b70% Un, cycle: 25/30

b0% Un, cycle 250/300

Voltage shut-down and start-up IEC/EN 61131-2 bUn…0…Un; t = Un/60 s

bUmin…0…Umin; t = Umin/5 s

bUmin…0.9 Udl…Umin; t = Umin/60 s

Magnetic eld IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/TS 61000-6-5; IEC 61000-4-8

(for MV power stations: IEC 61850-3)

Power frequency: 50/60 Hz, 100 A/m continuous

...1000 A/m; t = 3 s; 3 axes

IEC 61000-4-10

(for MV power stations: IEC 61850-3)

Oscillatory: 100 kHz...1 MHz, 100 A/m; t = 9 s; 3 axes

Conducted common mode

disturbances range 0 Hz …150 kHz

IEC 61000-4-16

(for MV power stations: IEC 61850-3)

For remote systems:

b 50/60 Hz and c, 300 V, t = 1s

b 50/60 Hz and c, 30 V, t = 1 min

b 5 Hz…150 kHz, sweep 3 V…30 V

Where:

bPS1 applies to PLC supplied by battery, PS2 applies to PLC energized from a or c supplies

bUn: nominal voltage, Fn: nominal frequency, Udl: detection level when powered

Name of test Standards Levels

Immunity to LF interference (e)(1)

Electrostatic discharges IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/EN 61000-6-2;

IEC 61000-4-2; IACS E10

6 kV contact; 8 kV air; 6 kV indirect contact

Radiated radio frequency electromagnetic eld IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/EN 61000-6-2;

IEC 61000-4-3; IACS E10

15 V/m, 80 MHz … 3 GHz

Sinus amplitude modulated 80%,1 kHz + internal

clock frequencies

Electrical fast transient bursts IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/EN 61000-6-2;

IEC 61000-4-4; IACS E10

For a or c main supplies:

b2kVin common mode/2 kV in wire mode

For a or c auxiliary supplies, a unshielded I/O:

b2kVin common mode

For analog, c unshielded I/O, communication and

shielded lines:

b1kVin common mode

Surge IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/EN 61000-6-2; IEC 61000-4-5;

IACS E10

For a/c main and auxiliary supplies, a unshielded

I/O:

b2kVin common mode/1 kV in differential mode

For analog, c unshielded I/O:

b0.5 kV in common mode/0.5 kV in differential

mode

For communication and shielded lines:

b1kVin common mode

Conducted disturbances induced by radiated

electromagnetic elds

IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC/EN 61000-6-2; IEC 61000-4-6;

IACS E10

10 V; 0.15 MHz...80 MHz

Sinus amplitude 80%, 1 kHz + spot frequencies

Damped oscillatory wave IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC 61000-4-18;

IACS E10

For a/c main supplies and a auxiliary supplies,

a unshielded I/O:

b2.5 kV in common mode/1 kV in differential mode

For c auxiliary supplies, analog, c unshielded I/O:

b1kVin common mode/0.5 kV in differential mode

For communication and shielded lines:

b0.5 kV in common mode

(1) Devices must be installed, wired and maintained in accordance with the instructions provided in the manual “Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PLC Systems”.

(2) These tests are performed without an enclosure, with devices xed on a metal grid and wired as per the recommendations in the manual “Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of

PLC systems”.

(e): tests required by European e directives and based on IEC/EN 61131-2.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

6/4

Environment tests

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Standards, certications and environment

conditions

Environment tests (continued)

Name of test Standards Levels

Electromagnetic emissions (e)(1)

Conducted emission IEC/EN 61131-2; FCC part 15; IEC/EN 61000-6-4;

CISPR 11 & 22, Class A, Group 1

150 kHz … 500 kHz: quasi-peak 79 dB (µV/m);

average 66 dB (µV/m)

500 kHz … 30 MHz: quasi-peak 73 dB (µV/m);

average 60 dB (µV/m)

IACS E10 b a/c power (general power distribution zone):

10 kHz … 150 kHz: quasi-peak 120...69 dB (µV/m);

150 kHz … 0.5 MHz: quasi-peak 79 dB (µV/m)

0.5 MHz … 30 MHz: quasi-peak 73 dB (µV/m)

b a/c power (bridge and deck zone for evaluation):

10 kHz … 150 kHz: quasi-peak 96…50 dB (µV/m)

150 kHz … 0.35 MHz: quasi-peak 60…50 dB (µV/m)

0.35 MHz … 30 MHz: quasi-peak 50 dB (µV/m)

Radiated emission IEC/EN 61131-2; FCC part 15; IEC/EN 61000-6-4;

CISPR 11 & 22, Class A, Group 1

30 MHz ... 230 MHz: quasi-peak 40 dB (µV/m) (at

10 m);

50 dB (µV/m) (at 3 m)

230 MHz ... 1 GHz: quasi-peak 47 dB (µV/m) (at

10 m);

57 dB (µV/m) (at 3 m)

IACS E10 bFor general power distribution zone

0.15 MHz … 30 Mhz: quasi-peak 80…50 dB (µV/m)

(at 3 m)

30 MHz-100 MHz: quasi-peak 60…54 dB (µV/m) (at

3 m)

100 MHz - 2 GHz: quasi-peak 54 dB (µV/m) (at 3 m)

156 … 165 MHz: quasi-peak 24 dB (µV/m) (at 3 m)

Name of test Standards Levels

Immunity to climatic variations (1) (power on)

Dry heat IEC 60068-2-2 (Bb & Bd) 60°C, t = 16 hrs [for ruggedized range: 70°C,

t = 16 hrs] (2)

IACS E10 60°C, t = 16 hrs + 70°C, t = 2 hrs

[for ruggedized range: 70°C, t = 18 hrs] (2)

Cold IEC 60068-2-1 (Ab & Ad)

IACS E10

0°C … - 25°C, t = 16 hrs + power on at 0°C

[for ruggedized range: power on at -25°C] (2)

Damp heat, steady state (continuous humidity) IEC 60068-2-78 (Cab);

IACS E10

55°C, 93% relative humidity, t = 96 hrs

[for ruggedized range: 60°C] (2)

Damp heat, cyclic

(cyclical humidity)

IEC 60068-2-30 (Db);

IACS E10

55°C … 25°C, 93…95% relative humidity, 2 cycles

t = 12 hrs +12 hrs

Change of temperature IEC 60068-2-14 (Na & Nb) 0°C … 60°C, 5 cycles t = 6 hrs + 6 hrs

[for ruggedized range: - 25 … 70°C] (2)

Name of test Standards Levels

Withstand to climatic variations (1) (power off)

Dry heat IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC 60068-2-2 (Bb & Bd)

IEC/EN 60945

85°C, t = 96 hrs

Cold IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC 60068-2-1 (Ab & Ad);

IACS E10

- 40°C, t = 96 hrs

Damp heat, cyclic

(cyclical humidity)

IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC 60068-2-30 (Db) 55°C … 25°C, 93…95% relative humidity, 2 cycles

t = 12 hrs + 12 hrs

Change of temperature

(thermal shocks)

IEC/EN 61131-2; IEC 60068-2-14 (Na & Nb) - 40°C ... 85°C, 5 cycles t = 3 hrs + 3 hrs

(1) Devices must be installed, wired and maintained in accordance with the instructions provided in the manual “Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of

PLC Systems”.

(2) Refer also to the chapter “Treatment for severe environments”.

(e): tests required by European e directives and based on IEC/EN 61131-2 standards.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

6/5

Environment tests

(continued)

Modicon M580 automation

platform

Standards, certications and environment

conditions

Environment tests (continued)

Name of test Standards Levels

Immunity to mechanical constraints (1) (power on)

Sinusoidal vibrations IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 60068-2-6 (Fc)

Basic IEC/EN 61131-2: 5 Hz ... 150 Hz, ± 3.5 mm

amplitude (5 Hz …. 8.4 Hz), 1 g (8.4 Hz …. 150 Hz)

Specic prole: 5 Hz ... 150 Hz, ± 10.4 mm

amplitude (5 Hz …. 8.4 Hz), 3 g (8.4 Hz …. 150 Hz)

For basic and specic: endurance: 10 sweep cycles

for each axis

IACS E10 3 Hz ... 100 Hz, 1 mm amplitude (3 Hz …. 13.2 Hz),

0.7 g (13.2 Hz …. 100 Hz)

Endurance at each resonance frequency: 90 min for

each axis, amplication coefcient < 10

IEC 60068-2-6 Seismic analysis: 3 Hz ... 35 Hz, 22.5 mm amplitude

(3 Hz …. 8.1 Hz), 6 g (8.1 Hz …. 35 Hz)

Shocks IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 60068-2-27 (Ea)

30 g, 11 ms; 3 shocks/direction/axis (2)

25 g, 6 ms; 100 bumps/direction/axis (bumps) (3)

Free fall during operation IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 60068-2-32 (Ed Method 1)

1 m, 2 falls

Name of test Standards Levels

Withstand to mechanical constraints (power off)

Random free fall with packaging IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 60068-2-32 (Method 1)

1 m, 5 falls

Flat free fall IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 60068-2-32 (Ed Method 1)

10 cm, 2 falls

Controlled free fall IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 60068-2-31 (Ec)

30° or 10 cm, 2 falls

Plugging/Unplugging IEC/EN 61131-2 For modules and connectors:

Operations: 50 for permanent connections, 500 for

non-permanent connections

Name of test Standards Levels

Equipment and personnel safety (1) (e)

Dielectric strength and insulation

resistance

IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 61010-2-201; UL; CSA

Dielectric: 2 Un + 1000 V; t = 1 min

Insulation: Un y 50 V: 10 MΩ, 50 V y Un y 250 V :

100 MΩ

Continuity of earth IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 61010-2-201; UL; CSA

30A, R y 0,1Ω; t = 2 min

Leakage current UL; CSA y 3.5 mA after disconnecting

Protection offered by enclosures IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC61010-2-201;

IP20 and protection against standardized pins

Impact withstand IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 61010-2-201; UL; CSA

Sphere of 500 g, fall from 1.30 m (energy 6.8 J

minimum)

Stored energy injury risk IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 61010-2-201

Transient connection: 37% Un after 1 s

Permanent connection: 37% Un after 10 s

Overload IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 61010-2-201; UL; CSA

50 cycles, Un, 1.5 In; t = 1 s ON + 9 s OFF

Endurance IEC/EN 61131-2;

IEC 61010-2-201; UL; CSA

In, Un; 12 cycles: t=100 ms ON + 100 ms OFF, 988

cycles : t = 1 s ON + 1 s OFF, 5000 cycles : t = 1 s ON

+ 9 s OFF

Temperature rise IEC/EN 61131-2; UL; CSA; ATEX; IECEx Ambient temperature 60°C [for ruggedized range:

70°C] (4)

Name of test Standards Levels

Specic Environment (1)

Corrosion areas - gas, salt, dust ISA S71.4 Mixed owing gases: class G3, 25°C, 75% relative

humidity, t = 14 days (4)

IEC 60721-3-3 Mixed owing gases: class 3C3, 25°C, 75% relative

humidity, t = 14 days (4)

IEC 60068-2-52 Salt spray: test Kb, severity 2 (4)

(1) Devices must be installed, wired and maintained in accordance with the instructions provided in the manual “Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of

PLC Systems”.

(2) When using fast actuators (response time y 5 ms) driven by relay outputs: 15 g, 11 ms; 3 shocks/direction/axis.

(3) When using fast actuators (response time y 15 ms) driven by relay outputs: 15 g, 6 ms; 100 bumps/direction/axis.

(4) Refer also to the chapter “Treatment for severe environments”.

(e): tests required by European e directives and based on IEC/EN 61131-2 standards.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

6/6

Technical appendices

Automation product certications

EC regulations

Some countries require certain electrical components to undergo certication by law. This certication takes the form of a certicate of

conformity to the relevant standards and is issued by the ofcial body in question. Where applicable, certied devices must be labelled

accordingly. Use of electrical equipment on board merchant vessels generally implies that it has gained prior approval (i.e. certication) by

certain shipping classication societies.

Abbreviation Certication body Country

CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada

RCM

(formerly C-Tick)

Australian Communications and Media Authority Australia, New Zealand

EAC

(formerly GOST)

Eurasian conformity Russia and customs union

UL Underwriters Laboratories USA

Abbreviation Classication authority Country

IACS International Association of Classication Societies International

ABS American Bureau of Shipping USA

BV Bureau Veritas France

DNV Det Norske Veritas Norway

GL Germanischer Lloyd Germany

LR Lloyd’s Register UK

RINA Registro Italiano Navale Italy

RMRS Russian Maritime Register of Shipping Russia

RRR Russian River Register Russia

CCS China Classication Society China

The tables below provide an overview of the situation as at 9th January 2014 in terms of which certications (listed next to their respective

bodies) have been granted or are pending for our automation products.

Up-to-date information on which certications have been obtained by products bearing the Schneider Electric brand can be viewed on our

website: www.schneider-electric.com

Product certications

Certications

Hazardous

locations (1)

Class I, div 2

Certied

Certication pending

UL CSA RCM EAC (9) (6) TÜV Rheinland

USA Canada Australia Russia USA, Canada

Modicon OTB

Modicon STB FM Zone 2 (2)(5)

Modicon Telefast ABE 7

ConneXium (2)

Magelis PC/GTW (3) (2) (3) Zone 2/22 (2)

Magelis XBT GT (3) (2) (2) (3) Zone 2/22 (2)(5)

Magelis XBT GK (3) (3)

Magelis XBT N/R/RT CSA Zone 2/22 (2)(5)

Magelis HMI GTO (3) (2) (3) (2)

Magelis HMI STO/STU (3) (2) (2)(3) (2)

Modicon M340 CSA Zone 2/22 (2)(8)

Modicon M580

Modicon X80 I/O CSA Zone 2/22 (2)(8)

Modicon Momentum FM

Modicon Premium (2) CSA

Modicon Quantum (2) CSA, FM (2) Zone 2/22 (2)

Modicon Quantum Safety (2) CSA Zone 2/22 (2) SIL 2, SIL 3 (7)

Preventa XPSMF SIL 3 (7)

Modicon TSX Micro CSA

Phaseo (3)

Twido (4) (4) CSA/UL (4)

(1) Hazardous locations: According to ANSI/ISA 12.12.01, CSA 22.2 No. 213 and FM 3611, certied products are only approved for use in hazardous

locations categorized as Class I, division 2, groups A, B, C and D, or in non-classied locations.

(2) Depends on product; please visit our website: www.schneider-electric.com.

(3) North American certication cULus (Canada and USA).

(4) Except for AS-Interface module TWD NOI 10M3, e only.

(5) For zones not covered by this specication, Schneider Electric offers a solution as part of the CAPP (Collaborative Automation Partner Program). Please consult

our Customer Care Centre.

(6) Refer to the instructions supplied with each ATEX and/or IECEx certied product.

(7) According to IEC 61508. Certied by TÜV Rheinland for integration into a safety function of up to SIL 2 or SIL 3.

(8) Can be used in gassy mines under certain conditions.

(9) Formerly GOST. GOST will be replaced by EAC after certicates are renewed.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

6/7

Technical appendices

Automation product certications

EC regulations

Merchant navy certications

Shipping classication societies

Certied

Certication pending

ABS BV DNV GL KRS LR RINA RMRS RRR PRS CCS

USA France Norway Germany Korea Great Britain Italy Russia Russia Poland China

Modicon OTB

Modicon STB (1) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)

Modicon Telefast ABE 7

ConneXium

Magelis PC/GTW Bridge (2)

Magelis XBT GT (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)

Magelis XBT GK

Magelis XBT N/R

Magelis XBT RT

Magelis HMI GTO

Magelis HMI STO/STU (2) (2)

Modicon M340 (2) (2)

Modicon M580

Modicon X80 I/O (2) (2)

Modicon Momentum

Modicon Premium

Modicon Quantum

Modicon TSX Micro

Phaseo

Twido

(1) Also covers US Navy requirements ABS-NRV part 4.

(2) Depends on product; please visit our website: www.schneider-electric.com.

EC regulations

European Directives

The open nature of the European markets assumes harmonization between the regulations set by the member states of the European Union.

European Directives are texts whose aim is to remove restrictions on free circulation of goods and which must be applied within all European

Union states.

Member states are obligated to incorporate each Directive into their national legislation, and to simultaneously withdraw any regulations that

contradict it.

Directives - and particularly those of a technical nature with which we are concerned - merely set out the objectives to be fullled (referred to as

“essential requirements”). Manufacturers are responsible for taking the necessary measures to establish that their products conform to the

requirements of each Directive applicable to their equipment.

As a general rule, manufacturers certify compliance with the essential requirements of the Directive(s) that apply to their products by applying a

e mark. The e mark is afxed to our products where applicable.

Signicance of the e mark

The e mark on a product indicates the manufacturer's certication that the product conforms to the relevant European Directives; this is a

prerequisite for placing a product which is subject to the requirements of one or more Directives on the market and allowing its free circulation

within European Union countries. The e mark is intended for use by those responsible for regulating national markets.

Where electrical equipment is concerned, conformity to standards indicates that the product is t for use. Only a warranty by a well-known

manufacturer can provide reassurance of a high level of quality.

As far as our products are concerned, one or more Directives are likely to apply in each case; in particular:

bThe Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC)

bThe Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (2004/108/EC)

bThe ATEX e Directive (94/9/EC)

Hazardous substances

These products are compatible with:

bThe WEEE Directive (2002/96/EC)

bThe RoHS Directive ((2011/65/EU)

bThe China RoHS Directive (Standard SJ/T 11363-2006)

bThe REACH regulations Directive (EC 1907/2006)

Note: Documentation on sustainable development is available on our website www.schneider-electric.com (product environmental profiles and instructions for use,

ROHS and REACH directives) .

End of life (WEEE)

End of life products containing electronic cards must be dealt with by specic treatment processes.

When products containing backup batteries are unusable or at end of life they must be collected and treated separately. Batteries do not contain

a percentage by weight of heavy metals above the limit specied by European Directive 2006/66/EC.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

7/0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

7/1

Contents

A dedicated services offer for your installed base

b Maintenance and support services ......................................................page 7/2

b Consultancy services............................................................................page 7/3

b Modernization solutions .......................................................................page 7/3

b Customization services ........................................................................page 7/3

7 - Services

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

7/2

Presentation A dedicated services offer for your

installed base

Schneider Electric, with its experts, products and dedicated tools, provides services

such as system design, consultancy, maintenance contracts, modernisation of

facilities or delivering projects.

The Schneider Electric services offer is structured around several key areas:

bMaintenance and support services:

vA set of services to help maintain reliability and availability of automated control

systems. These services may be the subject of a bespoke maintenance contract to

meet your requirements more closely.

bConsultancy services:

vDiagnostics of the installed base

bModernization solutions:

vMigration solutions including consultancy, expertise, tools and technical support

to help ensure a smooth transition to newer technology while keeping the wiring and

the encoding in most cases.

Customization services are also available to accommodate specic requirements.

For more information, please consult the specic pages on our website

www.schneider-electric.com/automationservices

Maintenance and support services

Spare parts, exchanges and repairs Everything you need to get equipment working again as quickly as possible

Solutions to respond very quickly to requests for spare parts, exchanges and repairs

to your installed automation equipment (automation platforms, Human Machine

Interfaces, drives, distributed I/O):

bSpare parts management:

vIdentication of critical parts

vStock of spare parts: a Schneider Electric owned stock of spare parts, on your

site or in one of our warehouses, with immediate availability on site or a contractually

agreed delivery time if stored off site

vTesting of spare parts stored on site

vAutomatic stock lling

bRepairs:

vBroken down products are repaired in a network of worldwide repair centres. For

each repaired product, our experts provide a detailed report.

bOn-site repair:

vOur experts’ knowledge and expertise

vMonitoring of specic repair procedures

vAvailability of our teams to respond 24/7

bExchanges:

vWith standard replacements, receive a new or reconditioned product before the

broken down product has even been sent back

vFast exchanges offer the option to receive the replacement product within

24 hours (in Europe)

Preventive maintenance Improving and guaranteeing the long-term reliability and performance of your

installations

Schneider Electric’s preventive maintenance expert assesses your site, the

equipment to be managed and sets up a maintenance program to accommodate

specic requirements. A list is provided of the tasks to be performed and their

frequency, including site-specic tasks, describing how preventive maintenance is to

be managed.

Extended warranty An additional manufacturer warranty covering replacement or repair of the

equipment

The extended warranty offers the option to take out a 3-year warranty. The warranty

period can vary according to the geographical area, consult your Customer Care

Centre.

Online support Access to dedicated experts

Priority access to experts who can answer technical questions promptly concerning

equipment and software both on sale and no longer commercially available.

Software subscription Access to software upgrades and new features

By subscribing to software updates, users are able to:

bPurchase licences

bReceive updates, upgrades, software migrations and transitions

bDownload software from Schneider Electric’s software library

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

7/3

Presentation (continued) A dedicated services offer for your

installed base

Consultancy services

M2C (Maintenance and Modernization

Consultancy) Professional tools and methods, proven experience of managing obsolescence and

updating installed bases, to reduce downtimes and improve performance

With our maintenance and modernization consultancy offer, Schneider Electric will

help you check the state of your installed base by:

bDening the scope and depth of the analysis in collaboration with you

bCollecting the technical data without shutting down production

bAnalyzing and identifying avenues for improvement

bProducing a recommendation plan

Customer benets:

bLearning about the components that make up the installed base and how

up-to-date they are

bBetter downtime anticipation

bExpert advice designed to improve performance

Modernization solutions

Migration to PlantStruxure Proven expertise, tools and methods to give you a clear vision of the improvement

opportunities and guide you toward a successful modernization project

To nd out more about PlantStruxure

architectures, please visit our website

www.schneider-electric.com/PlantStruxure

Schneider Electric offers a gradual program of modernization through a series of

products, tools and services that allow you to upgrade to newer technology. There

are several stages in this gradual modernization program:

bPartial program: replacement of an old component with a new one

bStaggered program: gradual incorporation of new offers in the system

bTotal program: total renovation of the system

The table below lists our various migration offers:

Wide range of migration offers

Solution Change the

CPU

Keep the

I/O racks &

wiring

Change the

I/O racks &

keep the

wiring

Migrate your

application

Manage your

project

Execute your

project

Platform (1) TSX47 to TSX107

April series 1000

Modicon p84, Compact

April SMC

Merlin Gerin PB

AEG

Symax

Rockwell SLC500

Service available

(1) Our migration service offer also includes SCADA, Human Machine Interfaces, drives,

communication networks and distributed I/O.

Customization services

Schneider Electric is able to meet your specic requirements and provide you with

adapted products:

bProtective coating for Human Machine Interfaces, automation platforms and

distributed I/O modules for use in harsh environments

bCustomized cable lengths to match your specic needs

bCustomized front panels for Human Machine Interfaces

Note: To check availability of services required, please contact our Customer Care Centre.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/0

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/1

Contents

Technical appendices

b Ethernet network infrastructure ...........................................................page 8/2

Index

b Product reference index........................................................................page 8/8

8 - Technical information, index

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/2

Presentation Technical information

Ethernet network

Infrastructure

Presentation

The ConneXium Industrial Ethernet offer comprises a complete family of products

and tools (including the ConneXium Network Manager (CNM) software tool) required

to build the infrastructure of an Industrial Ethernet network. The following pages

provide information on network design and component selection.

Ofce Ethernet versus Industrial Ethernet

There are three main areas of differentiation between Ethernet applications in an

ofce environment and those in an industrial environment:

bEnvironment

bLayout (not physical layer specication)

bPerformance

Contrary to the ofce environment and even though ISO/IEC is working on it, as yet

there are no clearly dened specications for Ethernet devices intended for

industrial applications. The specications of what it is called Industrial Ethernet are

dened by different agencies or entities based upon its nature and what the

automation market has traditionally used.

The environmental specications of Industrial Ethernet devices are dened by the

traditional agencies that dene the environmental specications for standard

industrial devices (UL, CSA, e, etc.).

IEEE 802.3 denes the physical layer specications of the Ethernet network (types

of connector, distance between devices, number of devices, etc.) while standard

11801 (similar to TIAEIA 568B and CENELEC EN 50173) provides layout guidelines

for installers.

The performance specications are currently being drawn up by ISO/IEC.

Ethernet 802.3 principles

The Ethernet 802.3 Link Layer is based on a collision detection mechanism

(CSMA CD) whereby every node whose information has collided on the network

detects the collision and re-sends the information.

The process of re-sending information causes delays in its propagation and could

affect the application.

A collision domain is a group of Ethernet end devices interconnected by hubs or

repeaters (devices that receive information and send it out to all their other ports, no

matter where the destination device is connected). This means that all devices will

be affected by collisions.

With full duplex switches (devices that receive information and only send it out through

the port to which the destination device is connected), there are no collision domains.

Therefore, for industrial automation applications it is highly advisable to use full

duplex switches to interconnect devices. This will help eliminate collision domains.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/3

Topologies Technical information

Ethernet network

Infrastructure

Different network topologies

Star topology

In a star topology, all devices and Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) are connected

though an intermediate device.

Ethernet star

In an Ethernet star the intermediate device may be a switch. The star is the most

commonly used topology in corporate networks and is currently adopted in almost

every automation application. As mentioned previously, for industrial Ethernet

applications the use of full duplex switches as the central device rather than hubs is

highly recommended.

Deploying star topologies with ConneXium

Star topologies can be implemented with any of the switches in the ConneXium offer.

Bus topology

The bus is one of the most common topologies in traditional industrial automation

networks. A single trunk cable connects all devices on the network usually via

passive or active T-connectors, or directly chained (daisy chain). Devices can

usually be installed anywhere along the bus.

Ethernet bus

An Ethernet bus can be deployed by interconnecting switches in line and

considering every one of them as the connection for a drop device. An unlimited

number of switches can be interconnected to achieve this purpose.

Deploying bus topologies with ConneXium

Bus topologies can be implemented with any of the switches in the ConneXium offer.

Switches with 1 or 2 ber optic ports are particularly suitable for this purpose:

bSwitches with 2 ber optic ports can be used to connect in-line devices.

bSwitches with 1 ber optic port can be used to connect end-of-line devices.

Daisy chain topology

Daisy chain - along the bus - is the other most common topology in traditional

industrial automation networks. Cable segments interconnect multiple devices,

being the devices “part” of the network cable.

Ethernet daisy chain

Daisy chain is currently not a particularly common Ethernet topology, but it is likely to

rise in popularity as more devices become available.

Ethernet daisy chain devices have:

b2 Ethernet ports and

b1 embedded switch.

Schneider Electric is launching Industrial Ethernet devices on the industrial market

for connection in daisy chain architectures.

Deploying daisy chain topologies

No switches are required for daisy chain topologies. All devices have an embedded

switch.

Dual port Ethernet at device level is an absolute integral component for daisy chain

topologies.

One port on the device connects to one port on each of the two neighboring devices.

These neighboring connections make up the daisy chain.

Ethernet switches can be employed in a daisy chain topology when multiple scan

chains are in use by the controlling device. It is expected that the Ethernet switch will

be located near the controlling device with the different scan chains emanating from

the switch.

DTE

DTEDTE

DTE DTEDTE

DTE DTE

DTE DTE

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/4

Topologies (continued) Technical information

Ethernet network

Infrastructure

Different network topologies (continued)

Daisy chain topology (continued)

Limitations of the daisy chain:

Limitations of the daisy chain topology in terms of operational integrity of the network

and performance metrics are as follows:

bDual port Ethernet devices only support 10 Mbps and/or 100 Mbps operational

speeds and must use one or the other.

bThe network will operate only as fast as the slowest device that is connected to the

network.

bIn order to improve network trafc latency, the number of devices in a single scan

chain is limited to 32 devices. This means that the time for a round trip of a packet

through the daisy chain is likely to be less than 5 milliseconds.

The maximum latency of a packet passing through any device in a scan chain is no

more than 10 µs.

Ring topology

In a ring topology, all devices or network infrastructure components are connected in

a loop. Through this type of topology, a type of network redundancy is achieved.

Ring topologies also help improve the availability of the network and its

communication to devices.

Ethernet ring

Ethernet rings are usually the backbones of applications in which high availability is

required. If ring topology is required then switches that support this feature should be

ordered.

Deploying ring topologies using ConneXium

ConneXium offers switches that allow the deployment of single and coupled

self-healing rings (see page 2/11 for more information).

Daisy chain loop

A daisy chain loop consists of several daisy chain devices that are placed in a ring

topology.

When an Ethernet network forms a loop, all the devices in that loop must use the

same protocol (RSTP, MRP, or HIPER-Ring).

DTEDTE

DTEDTE DTE DTE

DTE DTE DTE DTE

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/5

Characteristics Technical information

Ethernet network

Infrastructure

Distance limitations and number of devices per segment

Based on standard 802.3, the distance limits and number of devices in cascade are as follows:

Type Maximum segment

length (1)

Maximum segment

length (offered by

ConneXium devices)

Maximum number of

hubs in cascade

Maximum number of

switches in cascade

10BASE-T 100 m/328.08 ft 100 m/328.08 ft 4Unlimited

100BASE-TX 100 m/328.08 ft 100 m/328.08 ft 2 Unlimited

1000BASE-T 100 m/328.08 ft 100 m/328.08 ft – Unlimited

10BASE-FL 2,000 m/6,561.66 ft 3,100 m/10,170.57 ft

(2)

11 (ber ring) –

100BASE-FX 412 m/1,351.70 ft

2,000 m/6,561.66 ft

4,000 m/13,123.32 ft

with multimode ber,

32,500 m/106,627 ft

with singlemode ber (3)

– Unlimited

1000BASE-SX 275 m/902.23 ft – – Unlimited

(1) Based on 802.3, full duplex/half duplex.

(2) Depends on the optical ber budget and ber attenuation.

(3) Depends on the optical ber budget and ber attenuation, typical specication is

2,000 m/6,561.66 ft for multimode and 15,000 m/49,212.45 ft for singlemode.

Physical media

The Ethernet 802.3 standard denes the Physical Layer. A summary of the most common media is given below:

Type Data rate Cable type Connector type

Dened by 802.3 Recommended by

Schneider Electric

Dened

by 802.3

Recommended by

Schneider Electric

10BASE-T 10 Mbps CAT 3 - UTP CAT 5E - STP RJ45 RJ45

100BASE-TX 100 Mbps CAT 5 - UTP CAT 5E - STP RJ45 RJ45

1000BASE-T 1 Gbps CAT 5 - UTP CAT 5E - STP RJ45 RJ45

10BASE-FL 10 Mbps Two multimode optical

ber cables typically

62.5/125 µm ber,

850 nm light wavelength

Two multimode optical

ber cables typically

62.5/125 µm ber,

850 nm light wavelength

ST ST

100BASE-FX 100 Mbps Two multimode optical

bers typically

62.5/125 µm multimode

ber,

1,300 nm light wavelength

Two multimode optical

bers typically

62.5/125 µm multimode

ber,

1,300 nm light wavelength

ST SC

–Two monomode optical

bers typically 9/125 µm

multimode ber,

1,300 nm light wavelength

– SC

1000BASE-SX 1 Gbps Two 62.5/125 or 50/125

multimode optical bers,

770 to 860 nm light

wavelength

Two 62.5/125 µm or

50/125 m multimode

optical bers,

1,300 nm light wavelength

SC LC

1000BASE-LX 1 Gbps –Two 9/125 µm singlemode

optical bers,

1,300 nm light wavelength

– LC

Note: These specications are dened by IEEE 802.3. However, some of the cables are no

longer being developed. For instance, for 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX, a CAT-5E cable is used.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/6

Management Technical information

Ethernet network

Infrastructure

Management

Ethernet devices in general (end-of-line devices and cabling devices) can be divided

into two categories: unmanaged and managed devices.

bUnmanaged devices are those devices for which there is no option to congure or

control any of the device parameters.

bManaged devices are those devices whose parameters can be congured or

controlled (managed) and their internal data can be accessed.

The ConneXium product line offers both types of device.

There is also a third, unspecied category of device, which is normally classed as a

managed device. However, there is one major difference: although this device allows

access to its internal data, it cannot be controlled and/or congured.

Managed devices

Managed devices offer the following features:

bTrafc optimization and ltering - The aim is to increase the bandwidth, or the

trafc capacity in a network (some of the features in this area are message and port

priority, ow control, multicast ltering, broadcast limiting, IGMP snooping, Vlan, etc.).

bVLAN - A virtual LAN (VLAN) consists of a group of network participants in one or

more network segments who can communicate with each other as if they belonged

to the same LAN.

VLANs are based on logical (instead of physical) links. The biggest advantage of

VLANs is their possibility of forming user groups based on the participant function

and not on their physical location or medium.

Since broad/multicast data packets are transmitted exclusively within a virtual LAN,

the remaining data network is unaffected. VLAN can also serve as a security

mechanism to block unwanted Unicast messages.

bSecurity - This feature helps the user protect the switch from unauthorized access

that could result in changes in its conguration and impact the trafc going through

the switch (some of the features in this area are port security, read/write community

name, etc.).

Users can also set up the switch so that it blocks messages coming from

unauthorized “device” source addresses connected to the switch.

bTime synchronization - This feature allows all devices in a network to be

synchronized according to the time.

bNetwork redundancy - This helps to develop high availability applications.

bDual ring switch (DRS) - These switches are provided with predened settings to

optimize communication performance and help save time in Ethernet RIO

architectures with Modicon Quantum and Modicon M580 automation platforms.

DRS switches are mandatory to build Ethernet RIO architectures in which sub-rings

have to be connected to the main Ethernet ring.

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/7

Redundancy Technical information

Ethernet network

Infrastructure

Redundancy

To develop high availability applications, “redundancy” in the networking

infrastructure is the answer. Developers can help avoid losing network segments by

implementing a single ring or a coupled ring architecture.

Single ring

The rst level of redundancy is achieved by implementing a single ring. ConneXium

switches allow the set up of backbone ring congurations.

ConneXium switches support three redundancy protocols: HIPER-Ring, MRP, and

RSTP.

The ring is constructed using HIPER-Ring ports. If an error is detected in one section

of the line, a ring structure of up to 50 switches transforms back to a line-type

conguration within 0.5 seconds.

With a Modicon Quantum or a Modicon M580 Ethernet RIO architecture, the

recovery loop can be optimized to less than 50 ms thanks to the RSTP protocol

implemented in the different devices.

Dual ring

The second level of redundancy is achieved by implementing a dual ring. The control

intelligence built into ConneXium switches allows the redundant coupling of

HIPER-Rings and network segments.

As for a single ring, the recovery time can be optimized to less than 50 ms for 16

switches or 32 RIO drop adapters thanks to the RSTP protocol.

Mesh topology using the rapid “Spanning Tree” protocol

A third level of redundancy can be achieved by implementing a mesh topology.

In simple terms,“Spaning Tree” is a protocol that provides a single path for the

signal, when multiple paths exist. If the active path is broken, the “Spanning Tree”

protocol enables one of the alternative paths.

ConneXium switches offer this possibility.

Security

ConneXium rewalls help improve security for industrial networks while meeting the

needs for cybersecurity.

Firewall rules can be dened to control access levels at the host, protocol, and port

levels.

Further rules can be dened for other purposes, such as protecting access to

Modbus/TCP function codes and register levels, or EtherNet/IP CIP objects and

service codes.

ConneXium rewalls can also offer layer 3 routing, network address translation

(NAT), and virtual private networks (VPN) for advanced security zoning of critical

industrial networks.

DTEDTE

DTEDTE DTE DTE

DTEDTE

DTEDTE DTE DTE

DTE

DTE

DTE DTE

DTE

DTE

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8/8

Product reference index

Index

1

110XCA28201 4/21

110XCA28202 4/21

110XCA28203 4/21

170DNT11000 3/31

4

490NAD91103 3/31

490NAD91104 3/31

490NAD91105 3/31

490NOR00003 2/18

490NOR00005 2/18

9

990NAA26320 4/21

990NAA26350 4/21

B

BMECRA31210 2/17

BMECRA31210C 5/5

BMEP581020 1/23

2/18

2/19

BMEP581020H 5/3

BMEP582020 1/23

2/18

2/19

BMEP582020H 5/3

BMEP582040 1/23

2/18

2/19

BMEP582040H 5/3

BMEP583020 1/23

2/18

2/19

BMEP583040 1/23

2/18

2/19

BMEP584020 1/23

2/18

2/19

BMEP584040 1/23

2/18

2/19

BMEXBP0400 1/25

BMEXBP0400H 5/4

BMEXBP0800 1/25

BMEXBP0800H 5/4

BMEXBP1200 1/25

BMEXBP1200H 5/4

BMXCRA31200 2/17

BMXCRA31210 2/17

BMXERT1604T 4/37

BMXNOC0402 2/17

3/25

BMXNRP0200 2/17

BMXNRP0201 2/17

BMXRMS004GPF 1/23

5/3

BMXXBC008K 1/29

2/19

5/4

BMXXBC015K 1/29

2/19

5/4

BMXXBC030K 1/29

2/19

5/4

BMXXBC050K 1/29

2/19

5/4

BMXXBC120K 1/29

2/19

5/4

BMXXBE1000 1/28

2/18

BMXXBE1000H 5/4

BMXXBE2005 1/28

2/18

BMXXBP0400 1/28

BMXXBP0400H 5/4

BMXXBP0600 1/28

BMXXBP0600H 5/4

BMXXBP0800 1/28

BMXXBP0800H 5/4

BMXXBP1200 1/28

BMXXBP1200H 5/4

BMXXCAUSBH018 1/23

4/21

5/3

BMXXCAUSBH045 1/23

4/21

5/3

BMXXEM010 1/25

5/4

BMXXSP0400 1/25

5/4

BMXXSP0600 1/25

5/4

BMXXSP0800 1/25

5/4

BMXXSP1200 1/25

5/4

S

SR2CBL06 4/21

STBEHC3020KC 2/23

STBNDP2212 3/31

STBXCA4002 4/21

STBXSP3010 1/25

5/4

STBXSP3020 1/25

5/4

T

TCSECN3M3M1S4 2/17

TCSECN3M3M1S4U 2/17

TCSEGDB23F24FA 3/29

TCSEGDB23F24FK 3/29

TCSEGPA23F14F 3/31

TCSEGPA23F14FK 3/31

5/5

TCSESM083F23F1 2/17

TCSMCN3M4M3S2 5/5

TCSWAAC13FB 4/21

TCSXCN3M4F3S4 5/5

TSXPBSCA100 3/31

TSXPBSCA400 3/31

TLXCDLFOFS35 4/35

TLXCDLTOFS35 4/35

TLXCDLUOFS35 4/35

TLXCDSTOFS35 4/35

TLXCDSUOFS35 4/35

TSXCBY010K 1/29

2/19

5/4

TSXCBY030K 1/29

2/19

5/4

TSXCBY050K 1/29

2/19

5/4

TSXCBY120K 1/29

2/19

5/4

TSXCBY180K 1/29

2/19

5/4

TSXCBY280KT 1/29

2/19

5/4

TSXCBY1000 1/29

2/19

5/4

TSXCBYACC10 1/29

2/19

5/5

TSXCBYK9 1/29

2/19

5/5

TSXCRJMD25 4/21

TSXCUSB485 4/21

TSXPCX1031 4/21

TSXTLYEX 1/29

2/19

5/5

U

UAGSBTCFUCD10 4/29

UAGSBTDFUWB13 4/29

UNYDFFXZZSPA80 4/25

UNYLAGZAUWB20 4/29

UNYLFZZAUWB12 4/29

UNYLHVZAUWB10 4/29

UNYLPCZAUWB 4/29

UNYLSYSFU 4/29

UNYLTSZAUWB10 4/29

UNYSPUEEFCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEFFCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEFGCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEFTCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEFUCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZFCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZGCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZGTCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZLGCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZLTCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZLUCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZTCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZUCD80 4/20

UNYSPUEZUGCD80 4/20

UNYSPULFFCD80 4/19

UNYSPULFGCD80 4/19

UNYSPULFTCD80 4/19

UNYSPULFUCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZFCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZGCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZGTCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZMGCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZMTCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZMUCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZSGCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZSTCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZSUCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZTCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZUCD80 4/19

UNYSPULZUGCD80 4/19

UNYSPUSFGCD80 4/18

UNYSPUSFTCD80 4/18

UNYSPUSFUCD80 4/18

UNYSPUSZGCD80 4/18

UNYSPUSZGTCD80 4/18

UNYSPUSZTCD80 4/18

UNYSPUSZUCD80 4/18

UNYSPUSZUGCD80 4/18

UNYSPUZFUCD80 4/23

UNYXCAUSB033 4/21

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

DIA6ED2131202EN

Januar y 2014 - V1.0

The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical

characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not

intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these

products for specic user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the

appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the

relevant specic application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its afliates or

subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein.

Design: Schneider Electric

Photos: Schneider Electric

Printed by:

Head O f ce

35, rue Joseph Monier

F-92500 Rueil-Malmaison

France

Schneider Electric Industries SAS www.schneider-electric.com

Schneider Electric Modicon M580 automation platform

14